Imported Upstream version 4.3upstream/4.3

23 files changed, 0 insertions, 21025 deletions

diff --git a/config/Makefile.am b/config/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bce036..0000000
--- a/config/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-# -*-Makefile-*-, or close enough
-# Copyright (C) 2002-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is part of GNU Make.
-#
-# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
-# Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more
-# details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-# this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# Autoconf / automake know how to handle this directory.
diff --git a/config/Makefile.in b/config/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 19fd6b5..0000000
--- a/config/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-# -*-Makefile-*-, or close enough
-# Copyright (C) 2002-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is part of GNU Make.
-#
-# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
-# Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more
-# details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-# this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-am__is_gnu_make = { \
-  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
-    false; \
-  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
-    true; \
-  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
-    true; \
-  else \
-    false; \
-  fi; \
-}
-am__make_running_with_option = \
-  case $${target_option-} in \
-      ?) ;; \
-      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
-              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
-         exit 1;; \
-  esac; \
-  has_opt=no; \
-  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
-  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
-    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
-  else \
-    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
-      *\\[\ \	]*) \
-        bs=\\; \
-        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
-          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
-    esac; \
-  fi; \
-  skip_next=no; \
-  strip_trailopt () \
-  { \
-    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
-  }; \
-  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
-    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
-    case $$flg in \
-      *=*|--*) continue;; \
-        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
-    esac; \
-    case $$flg in \
-      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
-    esac; \
-  done; \
-  test $$has_opt = yes
-am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-subdir = config
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/dospaths.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/iconv.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/intlmacosx.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/lib-ld.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/lib-link.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/lib-prefix.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/longlong.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/nls.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/config/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/config/progtest.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
-am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_P_0 = false
-am__v_P_1 = :
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
-am__v_GEN_1 = 
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
-am__v_at_1 = 
-SOURCES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-am__can_run_installinfo = \
-  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
-    n|no|NO) false;; \
-    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
-  esac
-am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ar-lib compile config.guess \
-	config.rpath config.sub depcomp install-sh missing
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-AM_LDFLAGS = @AM_LDFLAGS@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
-GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
-GLOBINC = @GLOBINC@
-GLOBLIB = @GLOBLIB@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
-GREP = @GREP@
-GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
-GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
-KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
-LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MAKE_HOST = @MAKE_HOST@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
-NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PERL = @PERL@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
-PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-REMOTE = @REMOTE@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
-XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
-XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-runstatedir = @runstatedir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign config/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign config/Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-tags TAGS:
-
-ctags CTAGS:
-
-cscope cscopelist:
-
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile
-installdirs:
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	      install; \
-	else \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
-	fi
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am:
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am \
-	ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \
-	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
-	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
-	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
-	install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
-	install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
-	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
-	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \
-	pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-
-
-# Autoconf / automake know how to handle this directory.
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/config/ar-lib b/config/ar-lib
deleted file mode 100755
index 463b9ec..0000000
--- a/config/ar-lib
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Wrapper for Microsoft lib.exe
-
-me=ar-lib
-scriptversion=2012-03-01.08; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 2010-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Peter Rosin <peda@lysator.liu.se>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-
-# func_error message
-func_error ()
-{
-  echo "$me: $1" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-}
-
-file_conv=
-
-# func_file_conv build_file
-# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
-# Currently only supports Windows hosts.
-func_file_conv ()
-{
-  file=$1
-  case $file in
-    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
-      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
-	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
-	case `uname -s` in
-	  MINGW*)
-	    file_conv=mingw
-	    ;;
-	  CYGWIN*)
-	    file_conv=cygwin
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    file_conv=wine
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      case $file_conv in
-	mingw)
-	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
-	  ;;
-	cygwin)
-	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
-	  ;;
-	wine)
-	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
-	  ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_at_file at_file operation archive
-# Iterate over all members in AT_FILE performing OPERATION on ARCHIVE
-# for each of them.
-# When interpreting the content of the @FILE, do NOT use func_file_conv,
-# since the user would need to supply preconverted file names to
-# binutils ar, at least for MinGW.
-func_at_file ()
-{
-  operation=$2
-  archive=$3
-  at_file_contents=`cat "$1"`
-  eval set x "$at_file_contents"
-  shift
-
-  for member
-  do
-    $AR -NOLOGO $operation:"$member" "$archive" || exit $?
-  done
-}
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     func_error "no command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information."
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<EOF
-Usage: $me [--help] [--version] PROGRAM ACTION ARCHIVE [MEMBER...]
-
-Members may be specified in a file named with @FILE.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "$me, version $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test $# -lt 3; then
-  func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive"
-fi
-
-AR=$1
-shift
-while :
-do
-  if test $# -lt 2; then
-    func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive"
-  fi
-  case $1 in
-    -lib | -LIB \
-    | -ltcg | -LTCG \
-    | -machine* | -MACHINE* \
-    | -subsystem* | -SUBSYSTEM* \
-    | -verbose | -VERBOSE \
-    | -wx* | -WX* )
-      AR="$AR $1"
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      action=$1
-      shift
-      break
-      ;;
-  esac
-done
-orig_archive=$1
-shift
-func_file_conv "$orig_archive"
-archive=$file
-
-# strip leading dash in $action
-action=${action#-}
-
-delete=
-extract=
-list=
-quick=
-replace=
-index=
-create=
-
-while test -n "$action"
-do
-  case $action in
-    d*) delete=yes  ;;
-    x*) extract=yes ;;
-    t*) list=yes    ;;
-    q*) quick=yes   ;;
-    r*) replace=yes ;;
-    s*) index=yes   ;;
-    S*)             ;; # the index is always updated implicitly
-    c*) create=yes  ;;
-    u*)             ;; # TODO: don't ignore the update modifier
-    v*)             ;; # TODO: don't ignore the verbose modifier
-    *)
-      func_error "unknown action specified"
-      ;;
-  esac
-  action=${action#?}
-done
-
-case $delete$extract$list$quick$replace,$index in
-  yes,* | ,yes)
-    ;;
-  yesyes*)
-    func_error "more than one action specified"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    func_error "no action specified"
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -n "$delete"; then
-  if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then
-    func_error "archive not found"
-  fi
-  for member
-  do
-    case $1 in
-      @*)
-        func_at_file "${1#@}" -REMOVE "$archive"
-        ;;
-      *)
-        func_file_conv "$1"
-        $AR -NOLOGO -REMOVE:"$file" "$archive" || exit $?
-        ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-elif test -n "$extract"; then
-  if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then
-    func_error "archive not found"
-  fi
-  if test $# -gt 0; then
-    for member
-    do
-      case $1 in
-        @*)
-          func_at_file "${1#@}" -EXTRACT "$archive"
-          ;;
-        *)
-          func_file_conv "$1"
-          $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$file" "$archive" || exit $?
-          ;;
-      esac
-    done
-  else
-    $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" | sed -e 's/\\/\\\\/g' | while read member
-    do
-      $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$member" "$archive" || exit $?
-    done
-  fi
-
-elif test -n "$quick$replace"; then
-  if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then
-    if test -z "$create"; then
-      echo "$me: creating $orig_archive"
-    fi
-    orig_archive=
-  else
-    orig_archive=$archive
-  fi
-
-  for member
-  do
-    case $1 in
-    @*)
-      func_file_conv "${1#@}"
-      set x "$@" "@$file"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      func_file_conv "$1"
-      set x "$@" "$file"
-      ;;
-    esac
-    shift
-    shift
-  done
-
-  if test -n "$orig_archive"; then
-    $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$orig_archive" "$@" || exit $?
-  else
-    $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$@" || exit $?
-  fi
-
-elif test -n "$list"; then
-  if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then
-    func_error "archive not found"
-  fi
-  $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" || exit $?
-fi
diff --git a/config/compile b/config/compile
deleted file mode 100755
index a85b723..0000000
--- a/config/compile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
-
-scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-nl='
-'
-
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
-# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-file_conv=
-
-# func_file_conv build_file lazy
-# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
-# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
-# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
-# take place.
-func_file_conv ()
-{
-  file=$1
-  case $file in
-    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
-      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
-	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
-	case `uname -s` in
-	  MINGW*)
-	    file_conv=mingw
-	    ;;
-	  CYGWIN*)
-	    file_conv=cygwin
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    file_conv=wine
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      case $file_conv/,$2, in
-	*,$file_conv,*)
-	  ;;
-	mingw/*)
-	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
-	  ;;
-	cygwin/*)
-	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
-	  ;;
-	wine/*)
-	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
-	  ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_cl_dashL linkdir
-# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
-func_cl_dashL ()
-{
-  func_file_conv "$1"
-  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
-    lib_path=$file
-  else
-    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
-  fi
-  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
-}
-
-# func_cl_dashl library
-# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
-func_cl_dashl ()
-{
-  lib=$1
-  found=no
-  save_IFS=$IFS
-  IFS=';'
-  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
-  do
-    IFS=$save_IFS
-    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
-      found=yes
-      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
-      break
-    fi
-    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
-      found=yes
-      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
-      break
-    fi
-    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
-      found=yes
-      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS=$save_IFS
-
-  if test "$found" != yes; then
-    lib=$lib.lib
-  fi
-}
-
-# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
-# Adjust compile command to suit cl
-func_cl_wrapper ()
-{
-  # Assume a capable shell
-  lib_path=
-  shared=:
-  linker_opts=
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$eat"; then
-      eat=
-    else
-      case $1 in
-	-o)
-	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
-	  eat=1
-	  case $2 in
-	    *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
-	      func_file_conv "$2"
-	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
-	      shift
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      func_file_conv "$2"
-	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
-	      shift
-	      ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	-I)
-	  eat=1
-	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
-	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	-I*)
-	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
-	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	-l)
-	  eat=1
-	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
-	  set x "$@" "$lib"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	-l*)
-	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
-	  set x "$@" "$lib"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	-L)
-	  eat=1
-	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
-	  ;;
-	-L*)
-	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
-	  ;;
-	-static)
-	  shared=false
-	  ;;
-	-Wl,*)
-	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
-	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	  for flag in $arg; do
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
-	  done
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-	  ;;
-	-Xlinker)
-	  eat=1
-	  linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
-	  ;;
-	-*)
-	  set x "$@" "$1"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
-	  func_file_conv "$1"
-	  set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
-	  func_file_conv "$1" mingw
-	  set x "$@" "$file"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  set x "$@" "$1"
-	  shift
-	  ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-    shift
-  done
-  if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
-    linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
-  fi
-  exec "$@" $linker_opts
-  exit 1
-}
-
-eat=
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
-Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
-arguments, and rename the output as expected.
-
-If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
-right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "compile $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
-    func_cl_wrapper "$@"      # Doesn't return...
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ofile=
-cfile=
-
-for arg
-do
-  if test -n "$eat"; then
-    eat=
-  else
-    case $1 in
-      -o)
-	# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
-	# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
-	eat=1
-	case $2 in
-	  *.o | *.obj)
-	    ofile=$2
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
-	    shift
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *.c)
-	cfile=$1
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-      *)
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  shift
-done
-
-if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
-  # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
-  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
-  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
-  # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
-  # ok.
-  exec "$@"
-fi
-
-# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
-cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
-
-# Create the lock directory.
-# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
-# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
-# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
-lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
-while true; do
-  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    break
-  fi
-  sleep 1
-done
-# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
-trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
-# Run the compile.
-"$@"
-ret=$?
-
-if test -f "$cofile"; then
-  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
-elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
-  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
-fi
-
-rmdir "$lockdir"
-exit $ret
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/config.guess b/config/config.guess
deleted file mode 100644
index c4bd827..0000000
--- a/config/config.guess
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1456 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2016-05-15'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
-# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-#
-# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
-#
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess
-#
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
-       exit 1 ;;
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
-  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
-	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
-	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
-	  fi ;
-	done ;
-	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
-	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
-	fi
-	;;
- ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
-Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
-	# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
-	# We could probably try harder.
-	LIBC=gnu
-
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
-	#include <features.h>
-	#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
-	LIBC=uclibc
-	#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
-	LIBC=dietlibc
-	#else
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#endif
-	EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
-	;;
-esac
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-    *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
-	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
-	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
-	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
-	# object file format.  This provides both forward
-	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
-	# object file format.
-	#
-	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
-	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
-	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
-	    /sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
-	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
-	    echo unknown)`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
-	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
-	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
-	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
-	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
-	    earmv*)
-		arch=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
-		endian=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
-		machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
-		;;
-	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
-	esac
-	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
-	# to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    earm*)
-		os=netbsdelf
-		;;
-	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-			| grep -q __ELF__
-		then
-		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
-		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
-		    os=netbsd
-		else
-		    os=netbsdelf
-		fi
-		;;
-	    *)
-		os=netbsd
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Determine ABI tags.
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    earm*)
-		expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
-		abi=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e "$expr"`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# The OS release
-	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
-	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
-	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
-	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
-	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-	    Debian*)
-		release='-gnu'
-		;;
-	    *)
-		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
-	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
-	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
-	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}${abi}"
-	exit ;;
-    *:Bitrig:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:LibertyBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-libertybsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Sortix:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sortix
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
-	*4.0)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
-		;;
-	*5.*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
-	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
-	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
-	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
-	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
-	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
-	    "EV4 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
-	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
-	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
-	    "EV5 (21164)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
-	    "EV6 (21264)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
-	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
-	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
-	    "EV7 (21364)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
-	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
-	esac
-	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
-	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
-	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
-	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
-	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
-	# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
-	exitcode=$?
-	trap '' 0
-	exit $exitcode ;;
-    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
-	# of the specific Alpha model?
-	echo alpha-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
-	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit ;;
-    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS/390:*:*)
-	echo i370-ibm-openedition
-	exit ;;
-    *:z/VM:*:*)
-	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS400:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-ibm-os400
-	exit ;;
-    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
-	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
-	echo arm-unknown-riscos
-	exit ;;
-    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
-	exit ;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
-	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
-	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
-	else
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
-	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
-	echo sparc-icl-nx6
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
-	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
-	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	SUN_ARCH=i386
-	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
-	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
-	# This test works for both compilers.
-	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
-	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-	    then
-		SUN_ARCH=x86_64
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
-	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
-	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
-	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
-	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
-	    Series*|S4*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
-	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
-	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
-	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
-	case "`/bin/arch`" in
-	    sun3)
-		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	    sun4)
-		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
-    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
-    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
-    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
-    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
-    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
-    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
-    # be no problem.
-    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    m68k:machten:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    powerpc:machten:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
-	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
-	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
-	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
-	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
-	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	  exit (-1);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
-	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
-	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
-	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
-	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-	# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
-	then
-	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
-	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
-	    then
-		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    else
-		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    fi
-	else
-	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:*:R3*:*)
-	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
-	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *:IRIX*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit ;;
-    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
-    i*86:AIX:*:*)
-	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:AIX:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:2:3)
-	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
-		main()
-			{
-			if (!__power_pc())
-				exit(1);
-			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
-			exit(0);
-			}
-EOF
-		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
-		then
-			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
-		else
-			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
-		fi
-	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
-	else
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:[4567])
-	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
-	else
-		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
-	fi
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc |
-			   awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
-	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
-    *:BOSX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit ;;
-    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
-	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
-	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
-		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
-		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
-		    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
-		    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
-		      523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
-		      528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
-		      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
-			case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
-			  32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
-			  64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
-			  '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
-			esac ;;
-		    esac
-		fi
-		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
-		    eval $set_cc_for_build
-		    sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
-		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
-		#include <stdlib.h>
-		#include <unistd.h>
-
-		int main ()
-		{
-		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-		    long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
-		#endif
-		    long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
-		    switch (cpu)
-			{
-			case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-			case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
-			case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
-		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-			    switch (bits)
-				{
-				case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
-				case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
-				default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-				} break;
-		#else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
-			    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-		#endif
-			default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-			}
-		    exit (0);
-		}
-EOF
-		    (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
-		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
-		fi ;;
-	esac
-	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = hppa2.0w ]
-	then
-	    eval $set_cc_for_build
-
-	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
-	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
-	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
-	    #
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
-	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
-		grep -q __LP64__
-	    then
-		HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
-	    else
-		HP_ARCH=hppa64
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include <unistd.h>
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
-	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
-	     results, however.  */
-	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
-	    {
-	      switch (cpu)
-		{
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
-	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  exit (0);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit ;;
-    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
-	exit ;;
-    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit ;;
-    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
-	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
-	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
-	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
-	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
-	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
-	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
-	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-	echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
-	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-	echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
-	    amd64)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    *)
-		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW64*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    *:MSYS*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
-	exit ;;
-    i*:windows32*:*)
-	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:PW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
-	exit ;;
-    *:Interix*:*)
-	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    x86)
-		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    IA64)
-		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    8664:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo x86_64-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
-	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
-	echo i586-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    i*:UWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
-	exit ;;
-    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU:*:*)
-	# the GNU system
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU/*:*:*)
-	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Minix:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
-	exit ;;
-    aarch64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:Linux:*:*)
-	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
-	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
-	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
-	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
-	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
-	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-	esac
-	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
-	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    arm*:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
-	then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	else
-	    if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-		| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
-	    then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
-	    else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
-	    fi
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    cris:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    e2k:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    frv:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    hexagon:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    k1om:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    m68*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
-	;;
-    openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo or1k-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    padre:Linux:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
-	# Look for CPU level
-	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
-	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ppc:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ppcle:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    sh*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    tile*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    vax:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
-	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
-	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
-	# sysname and nodename.
-	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
-	# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
-	# number series starting with 2...
-	# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
-	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
-	# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
-	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
-	# is probably installed.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:atheos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:syllable:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
-	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
-	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
-	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
-	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
-	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
-	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
-	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:3.2:*)
-	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
-		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
-	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    pc:*:*:*)
-	# Left here for compatibility:
-	# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
-	# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
-	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
-	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
-	# this is a cross-build.
-	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-mach3
-	exit ;;
-    paragon:*:*:*)
-	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit ;;
-    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
-	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
-	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
-	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
-	# "miniframe"
-	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
-	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
-	echo m68k-diab-dnix
-	exit ;;
-    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
-    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
-	OS_REL=''
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
-    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
-	OS_REL='.3'
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
-	else
-		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*)	# Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
-			# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
-	echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
-	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
-	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:*:*:FTX*)
-	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
-	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    *:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
-	echo mips-sony-newsos6
-	exit ;;
-    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-		echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-		echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-be-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-apple-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-haiku
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
-	exit ;;
-    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sxace-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Darwin:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
-	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
-	fi
-	if test `echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` -le 10 ; then
-	    if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
-		if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		    (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		    grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-		then
-		    case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
-			i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
-			powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
-		    esac
-		fi
-	    fi
-	elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
-	    # Avoid executing cc on OS X 10.9, as it ships with a stub
-	    # that puts up a graphical alert prompting to install
-	    # developer tools.  Any system running Mac OS X 10.7 or
-	    # later (Darwin 11 and later) is required to have a 64-bit
-	    # processor. This is not true of the ARM version of Darwin
-	    # that Apple uses in portable devices.
-	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
-	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
-		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
-		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:QNX:*:4*)
-	echo i386-pc-qnx
-	exit ;;
-    NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
-	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
-	exit ;;
-    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
-	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Plan9:*:*)
-	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
-	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
-	# operating systems.
-	if test "$cputype" = 386; then
-	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
-	else
-	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
-	exit ;;
-    *:TENEX:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
-	exit ;;
-    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:ITS:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-its
-	exit ;;
-    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
-	echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:DragonFly:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:*VMS:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
-	echo i386-pc-xenix
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:skyos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:rdos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:AROS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
-	exit ;;
-    amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-onefs
-	exit ;;
-esac
-
-cat >&2 <<EOF
-$0: unable to guess system type
-
-This script (version $timestamp), has failed to recognize the
-operating system you are using. If your script is old, overwrite
-config.guess and config.sub with the latest versions from:
-
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess
-and
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub
-
-If $0 has already been updated, send the following data and any
-information you think might be pertinent to config-patches@gnu.org to
-provide the necessary information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/config.rpath b/config/config.rpath
deleted file mode 100755
index b625621..0000000
--- a/config/config.rpath
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
-# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
-#
-#   Copyright 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
-#   Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-#
-#   This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-#   unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-#   modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
-# should be set by the caller.
-#
-# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
-
-# Known limitations:
-# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
-#   than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
-#   known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
-#   directory and/or the installation directory.
-
-# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-shrext=.so
-
-host="$1"
-host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
-host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
-
-for cc_temp in $CC""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
-
-wl=
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  wl='-Wl,'
-else
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      ;;
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
-      case $cc_basename in
-        ecc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        icc* | ifort*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        lf95*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        nagfor*)
-          wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
-          ;;
-        pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        ccc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        como)
-          wl='-lopt='
-          ;;
-        *)
-          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-            *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
-              wl=
-              ;;
-            *Sun\ C*)
-              wl='-Wl,'
-              ;;
-          esac
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    newsos6)
-      ;;
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    rdos*)
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      case $cc_basename in
-        f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
-          wl='-Qoption ld '
-          ;;
-        *)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      wl='-Qoption ld '
-      ;;
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      ;;
-    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    unicos*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    uts4*)
-      ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
-
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-hardcode_libdir_separator=
-hardcode_direct=no
-hardcode_minus_L=no
-
-case "$host_os" in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ld_shlibs=yes
-if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-  # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-  # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-  # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
-  # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix[3-9]*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      case "$host_cpu" in
-        powerpc)
-          ;;
-        m68k)
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-          hardcode_minus_L=yes
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    haiku*)
-      ;;
-    interix[3-9]*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      ;;
-    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    netbsd*)
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
-          ld_shlibs=no
-          ;;
-        *)
-          if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
-          else
-            ld_shlibs=no
-          fi
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-  if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-  fi
-else
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix3*)
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-        # broken collect2.
-        hardcode_direct=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-    aix[4-9]*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-        # have to do anything special.
-        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      else
-        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-        # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-        # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-        # need to do runtime linking.
-        case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
-          for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-            if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-              aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-              break
-            fi
-          done
-          ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-          collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-          if test -f "$collect2name" && \
-            strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-          then
-            # We have reworked collect2
-            :
-          else
-            # We have old collect2
-            hardcode_direct=unsupported
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_libdir_separator=
-          fi
-          ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
-      echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
-      ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
-      aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
-}'`
-      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-        aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
-}'`
-      fi
-      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-        aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
-      fi
-      rm -f conftest.c conftest
-      # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-      else
-        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-        else
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      case "$host_cpu" in
-        powerpc)
-          ;;
-        m68k)
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-          hardcode_minus_L=yes
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    bsdi[45]*)
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-      libext=lib
-      ;;
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    dgux*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      ;;
-    freebsd2.[01]*)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    hpux9*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-        hardcode_direct=yes
-        # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-        # but as the default location of the library.
-        hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-        case $host_cpu in
-          hppa*64*|ia64*)
-            hardcode_direct=no
-            ;;
-          *)
-            hardcode_direct=yes
-            # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-            # but as the default location of the library.
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-            ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    netbsd*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    newsos6)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-    openbsd*)
-      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-        hardcode_direct=yes
-        if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-        else
-          case "$host_os" in
-            openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
-              hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-              ;;
-            *)
-              hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-              ;;
-          esac
-        fi
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    os2*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    osf3*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    osf4* | osf5*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-        # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-        sni)
-          hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
-          ;;
-        siemens)
-          hardcode_direct=no
-          ;;
-        motorola)
-          hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    sysv4.3*)
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-        ld_shlibs=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
-      ;;
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      ;;
-    uts4*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      ;;
-    *)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Check dynamic linker characteristics
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
-# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
-# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
-# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
-# linker has special search rules.
-library_names_spec=      # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-case "$host_os" in
-  aix3*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
-    ;;
-  aix[4-9]*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  amigaos*)
-    case "$host_cpu" in
-      powerpc*)
-        library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
-      m68k)
-        library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  beos*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  bsdi[45]*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    shrext=.dll
-    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
-    ;;
-  darwin* | rhapsody*)
-    shrext=.dylib
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  dgux*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  freebsd[23].*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
-    ;;
-  freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  gnu*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  haiku*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-    case $host_cpu in
-      ia64*)
-        shrext=.so
-        ;;
-      hppa*64*)
-        shrext=.sl
-        ;;
-      *)
-        shrext=.sl
-        ;;
-    esac
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  interix[3-9]*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    case "$host_os" in
-      irix5* | nonstopux*)
-        libsuff= shlibsuff=
-        ;;
-      *)
-        case $LD in
-          *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
-          *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
-          *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
-          *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-    ;;
-  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  knetbsd*-gnu)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  netbsd*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  newsos6)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  *nto* | *qnx*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
-    ;;
-  os2*)
-    libname_spec='$name'
-    shrext=.dll
-    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
-    ;;
-  osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  rdos*)
-    ;;
-  solaris*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  sunos4*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
-    ;;
-  sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  sysv4*MP*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  tpf*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-  uts4*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
-    ;;
-esac
-
-sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
-escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-
-LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
-
-# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
-wl="$escaped_wl"
-
-# Static library suffix (normally "a").
-libext="$libext"
-
-# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
-shlibext="$shlibext"
-
-# Format of library name prefix.
-libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
-
-# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
-library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
-
-# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
-# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-
-# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
-hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
-
-# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-# resulting binary.
-hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
-
-# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-# resulting binary.
-hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
-
-EOF
diff --git a/config/config.sub b/config/config.sub
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d86a1e..0000000
--- a/config/config.sub
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1815 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2016-05-10'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
-# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-
-
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
-       exit 1 ;;
-
-    *local*)
-       # First pass through any local machine types.
-       echo $1
-       exit ;;
-
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
-  linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
-  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-eabi* | \
-  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
-  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
-    os=-$maybe_os
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
-    ;;
-  android-linux)
-    os=-linux-android
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
-    ;;
-  *)
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
-    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
-    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
-    else os=; fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
-	-sun*os*)
-		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
-		;;
-	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-bluegene*)
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-scout)
-		;;
-	-wrs)
-		os=-vxworks
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusos*)
-		os=-chorusos
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusrdb)
-		os=-chorusrdb
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-hiux*)
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	-sco6)
-		os=-sco5v6
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5)
-		os=-sco3.2v5
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco4)
-		os=-sco3.2v4
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5v6*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco*)
-		os=-sco3.2v2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-udk*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-isc)
-		os=-isc2.2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-clix*)
-		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
-		;;
-	-isc*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-lynx*178)
-		os=-lynxos178
-		;;
-	-lynx*5)
-		os=-lynxos5
-		;;
-	-lynx*)
-		os=-lynxos
-		;;
-	-ptx*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
-		;;
-	-windowsnt*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
-		;;
-	-psos*)
-		os=-psos
-		;;
-	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
-	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	1750a | 580 \
-	| a29k \
-	| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
-	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
-	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
-	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arceb \
-	| arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
-	| avr | avr32 \
-	| ba \
-	| be32 | be64 \
-	| bfin \
-	| c4x | c8051 | clipper \
-	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| e2k | epiphany \
-	| fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 \
-	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
-	| hexagon \
-	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
-	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| k1om \
-	| le32 | le64 \
-	| lm32 \
-	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
-	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
-	| mips16 \
-	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
-	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
-	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
-	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
-	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
-	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
-	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
-	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
-	| mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \
-	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
-	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
-	| mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \
-	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
-	| mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
-	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
-	| moxie \
-	| mt \
-	| msp430 \
-	| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
-	| nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
-	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| open8 | or1k | or1knd | or32 \
-	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
-	| pyramid \
-	| riscv32 | riscv64 \
-	| rl78 | rx \
-	| score \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[234]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
-	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
-	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu \
-	| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
-	| ubicom32 \
-	| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
-	| visium \
-	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k | z80)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	c54x)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		;;
-	c55x)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		;;
-	c6x)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		;;
-	leon|leon[3-9])
-		basic_machine=sparc-$basic_machine
-		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | nvptx | picochip)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
-		;;
-	ms1)
-		basic_machine=mt-unknown
-		;;
-
-	strongarm | thumb | xscale)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		;;
-	xgate)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	xscaleeb)
-		basic_machine=armeb-unknown
-		;;
-
-	xscaleel)
-		basic_machine=armel-unknown
-		;;
-
-	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
-	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
-	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i*86 | x86_64)
-	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
-	  ;;
-	# Object if more than one company name word.
-	*-*-*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	580-* \
-	| a29k-* \
-	| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
-	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
-	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
-	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* | avr32-* \
-	| ba-* \
-	| be32-* | be64-* \
-	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
-	| c8051-* | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
-	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
-	| e2k-* | elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
-	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
-	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
-	| hexagon-* \
-	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
-	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| k1om-* \
-	| le32-* | le64-* \
-	| lm32-* \
-	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
-	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
-	| microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
-	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
-	| mips16-* \
-	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
-	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
-	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
-	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
-	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
-	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
-	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
-	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa32r6-* | mipsisa32r6el-* \
-	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
-	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64r6-* | mipsisa64r6el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
-	| mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
-	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	| mmix-* \
-	| mt-* \
-	| msp430-* \
-	| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
-	| open8-* \
-	| or1k*-* \
-	| orion-* \
-	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
-	| pyramid-* \
-	| riscv32-* | riscv64-* \
-	| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
-	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
-	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx*-* \
-	| tahoe-* \
-	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
-	| tile*-* \
-	| tron-* \
-	| ubicom32-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
-	| vax-* \
-	| visium-* \
-	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
-	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-* | z80-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
-	xtensa*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
-	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
-	386bsd)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
-		basic_machine=m68000-att
-		;;
-	3b*)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	a29khif)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	abacus)
-		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
-		;;
-	adobe68k)
-		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
-		os=-scout
-		;;
-	alliant | fx80)
-		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
-		;;
-	altos | altos3068)
-		basic_machine=m68k-altos
-		;;
-	am29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-none
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	amd64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		;;
-	amd64-*)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	amdahl)
-		basic_machine=580-amdahl
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	amiga | amiga-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		;;
-	amigaos | amigados)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	amigaunix | amix)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	apollo68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	apollo68bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	aros)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	asmjs)
-		basic_machine=asmjs-unknown
-		;;
-	aux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		os=-aux
-		;;
-	balance)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	blackfin)
-		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	blackfin-*)
-		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	bluegene*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	c54x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c55x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c6x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c90)
-		basic_machine=c90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	cegcc)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-cegcc
-		;;
-	convex-c1)
-		basic_machine=c1-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c2)
-		basic_machine=c2-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c32)
-		basic_machine=c32-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c34)
-		basic_machine=c34-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c38)
-		basic_machine=c38-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	cray | j90)
-		basic_machine=j90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	craynv)
-		basic_machine=craynv-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
-	cr16 | cr16-*)
-		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	crds | unos)
-		basic_machine=m68k-crds
-		;;
-	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
-		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
-		;;
-	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
-		basic_machine=cris-axis
-		;;
-	crx)
-		basic_machine=crx-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	da30 | da30-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-da30
-		;;
-	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
-		basic_machine=mips-dec
-		;;
-	decsystem10* | dec10*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops10
-		;;
-	decsystem20* | dec20*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
-	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
-		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
-		;;
-	delta88)
-		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	dicos)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	djgpp)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		os=-msdosdjgpp
-		;;
-	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
-		os=-bosx
-		;;
-	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	ebmon29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-ebmon
-		;;
-	elxsi)
-		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	encore | umax | mmax)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
-		;;
-	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	fx2800)
-		basic_machine=i860-alliant
-		;;
-	genix)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
-		;;
-	gmicro)
-		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	go32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-go32
-		;;
-	h3050r* | hiux*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	h8300hms)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	h8300xray)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-xray
-		;;
-	h8500hms)
-		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	harris)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	hp300-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp300bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	hp300hpux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68000-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hppa-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	hppaosf)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	hppro)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		;;
-	i*86v32)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv32
-		;;
-	i*86v4*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	i*86v)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	i*86sol2)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	i386mach)
-		basic_machine=i386-mach
-		os=-mach
-		;;
-	i386-vsta | vsta)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-vsta
-		;;
-	iris | iris4d)
-		basic_machine=mips-sgi
-		case $os in
-		    -irix*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-irix4
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	isi68 | isi)
-		basic_machine=m68k-isi
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
-		basic_machine=sparc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/-.*//'`
-		;;
-	m68knommu)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m68knommu-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		basic_machine=m88k-omron
-		;;
-	magnum | m3230)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	merlin)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	microblaze*)
-		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
-		;;
-	mingw64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		os=-mingw64
-		;;
-	mingw32)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	mingw32ce)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-mingw32ce
-		;;
-	miniframe)
-		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
-		;;
-	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	mips3*-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
-		;;
-	mips3*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
-		;;
-	monitor)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	morphos)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		os=-morphos
-		;;
-	moxiebox)
-		basic_machine=moxie-unknown
-		os=-moxiebox
-		;;
-	msdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msdos
-		;;
-	ms1-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
-		;;
-	msys)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-msys
-		;;
-	mvs)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	nacl)
-		basic_machine=le32-unknown
-		os=-nacl
-		;;
-	ncr3000)
-		basic_machine=i486-ncr
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	netbsd386)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-netbsd
-		;;
-	netwinder)
-		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news1000)
-		basic_machine=m68030-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news-3600 | risc-news)
-		basic_machine=mips-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	necv70)
-		basic_machine=v70-nec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	next | m*-next )
-		basic_machine=m68k-next
-		case $os in
-		    -nextstep* )
-			;;
-		    -ns2*)
-		      os=-nextstep2
-			;;
-		    *)
-		      os=-nextstep3
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	nh3000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nh[45]000)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nindy960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-nindy
-		;;
-	mon960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-mon960
-		;;
-	nonstopux)
-		basic_machine=mips-compaq
-		os=-nonstopux
-		;;
-	np1)
-		basic_machine=np1-gould
-		;;
-	neo-tandem)
-		basic_machine=neo-tandem
-		;;
-	nse-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nse-tandem
-		;;
-	nsr-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
-		;;
-	op50n-* | op60c-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	openrisc | openrisc-*)
-		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		;;
-	os400)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	OSE68000 | ose68000)
-		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	os68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-none
-		os=-os68k
-		;;
-	pa-hitachi)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	paragon)
-		basic_machine=i860-intel
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	parisc)
-		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	parisc-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	pbd)
-		basic_machine=sparc-tti
-		;;
-	pbb)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tti
-		;;
-	pc532 | pc532-*)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
-		;;
-	pc98)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		;;
-	pc98-*)
-		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentium4)
-		basic_machine=i786-pc
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
-		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium4-*)
-		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pn)
-		basic_machine=pn-gould
-		;;
-	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
-		;;
-	ppc | ppcbe)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-		;;
-	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ps2)
-		basic_machine=i386-ibm
-		;;
-	pw32)
-		basic_machine=i586-unknown
-		os=-pw32
-		;;
-	rdos | rdos64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rdos32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rom68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	rm[46]00)
-		basic_machine=mips-siemens
-		;;
-	rtpc | rtpc-*)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	s390 | s390-*)
-		basic_machine=s390-ibm
-		;;
-	s390x | s390x-*)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		;;
-	sa29200)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	sb1)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
-		;;
-	sb1el)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
-		;;
-	sde)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	sei)
-		basic_machine=mips-sei
-		os=-seiux
-		;;
-	sequent)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		;;
-	sh)
-		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	sh5el)
-		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
-		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
-		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	sps7)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv2
-		;;
-	spur)
-		basic_machine=spur-unknown
-		;;
-	st2000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
-		;;
-	stratus)
-		basic_machine=i860-stratus
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
-		basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	sun2)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		;;
-	sun2os3)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun2os4)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun3os3)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun3os4)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4os3)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun4os4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4sol2)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	sun3 | sun3-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		;;
-	sun4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
-		basic_machine=i386-sun
-		;;
-	sv1)
-		basic_machine=sv1-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	symmetry)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	t3e)
-		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	t90)
-		basic_machine=t90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	tile*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	tx39)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
-		;;
-	tx39el)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
-		;;
-	toad1)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	tower | tower-32)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
-		;;
-	tpf)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	udi29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	ultra3)
-		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
-		os=-sym1
-		;;
-	v810 | necv810)
-		basic_machine=v810-nec
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	vaxv)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	vms)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-vms
-		;;
-	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-		;;
-	vxworks960)
-		basic_machine=i960-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	w65*)
-		basic_machine=w65-wdc
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	w89k-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	xbox)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	xps | xps100)
-		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
-		;;
-	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
-		;;
-	ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	z8k-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	z80-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z80-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	none)
-		basic_machine=none-none
-		os=-none
-		;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
-	w89k)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		;;
-	op50n)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	op60c)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	romp)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	mmix)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		;;
-	rs6000)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	vax)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		;;
-	pdp10)
-		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
-		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
-		;;
-	pdp11)
-		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
-		;;
-	we32k)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
-		basic_machine=sh-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	cydra)
-		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
-		;;
-	orion)
-		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
-		;;
-	orion105)
-		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
-		;;
-	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		;;
-	pmac | pmac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
-		;;
-	*-unknown)
-		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
-		;;
-	*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-digital*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
-		;;
-	*-commodore*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
-		;;
-	*)
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
-	# First match some system type aliases
-	# that might get confused with valid system types.
-	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-	-auroraux)
-		os=-auroraux
-		;;
-	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
-		;;
-	-solaris)
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	-svr4*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-unixware*)
-		os=-sysv4.2uw
-		;;
-	-gnu/linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	# First accept the basic system types.
-	# The portable systems comes first.
-	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
-	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
-	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
-	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* | -aros* | -cloudabi* | -sortix* \
-	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
-	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* | -libertybsd* \
-	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
-	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
-	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
-	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
-	      | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
-	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* | -moxiebox* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
-	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
-	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
-	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es* \
-	      | -onefs* | -tirtos* | -phoenix*)
-	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
-		;;
-	-qnx*)
-		case $basic_machine in
-		    x86-* | i*86-*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-nto$os
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	-nto-qnx*)
-		;;
-	-nto*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
-		;;
-	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
-	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
-		;;
-	-mac*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-		;;
-	-linux-dietlibc)
-		os=-linux-dietlibc
-		;;
-	-linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos5*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos6*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
-		;;
-	-opened*)
-		os=-openedition
-		;;
-	-os400*)
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	-wince*)
-		os=-wince
-		;;
-	-osfrose*)
-		os=-osfrose
-		;;
-	-osf*)
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	-utek*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-dynix*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-acis*)
-		os=-aos
-		;;
-	-atheos*)
-		os=-atheos
-		;;
-	-syllable*)
-		os=-syllable
-		;;
-	-386bsd)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-ctix* | -uts*)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	-nova*)
-		os=-rtmk-nova
-		;;
-	-ns2 )
-		os=-nextstep2
-		;;
-	-nsk*)
-		os=-nsk
-		;;
-	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-	-sinix5.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-		;;
-	-sinix*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-tpf*)
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	-triton*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-oss*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-svr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-svr3)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-sysvr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	# This must come after -sysvr4.
-	-sysv*)
-		;;
-	-ose*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-es1800*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-xenix)
-		os=-xenix
-		;;
-	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	-aros*)
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	-zvmoe)
-		os=-zvmoe
-		;;
-	-dicos*)
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	-nacl*)
-		;;
-	-ios)
-		;;
-	-none)
-		;;
-	*)
-		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
-		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
-	score-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	spu-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	*-acorn)
-		os=-riscix1.2
-		;;
-	arm*-rebel)
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	arm*-semi)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	c8051-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	hexagon-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	tic54x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
-	pdp10-*)
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	pdp11-*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	*-dec | vax-*)
-		os=-ultrix4.2
-		;;
-	m68*-apollo)
-		os=-domain
-		;;
-	i386-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.0.2
-		;;
-	m68000-sun)
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	m68*-cisco)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-	mep-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-cisco)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	or32-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	sparc-* | *-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.1.1
-		;;
-	*-be)
-		os=-beos
-		;;
-	*-haiku)
-		os=-haiku
-		;;
-	*-ibm)
-		os=-aix
-		;;
-	*-knuth)
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
-	*-wec)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-winbond)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-oki)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-hp)
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	*-hitachi)
-		os=-hiux
-		;;
-	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-cbm)
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	*-dg)
-		os=-dgux
-		;;
-	*-dolphin)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	m68k-ccur)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		os=-luna
-		;;
-	*-next )
-		os=-nextstep
-		;;
-	*-sequent)
-		os=-ptx
-		;;
-	*-crds)
-		os=-unos
-		;;
-	*-ns)
-		os=-genix
-		;;
-	i370-*)
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	*-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	*-gould)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-highlevel)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-encore)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-sgi)
-		os=-irix
-		;;
-	*-siemens)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	*-masscomp)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
-		os=-uxpv
-		;;
-	*-rom68k)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-*bug)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-apple)
-		os=-macos
-		;;
-	*-atari*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-unknown)
-		case $os in
-			-riscix*)
-				vendor=acorn
-				;;
-			-sunos*)
-				vendor=sun
-				;;
-			-cnk*|-aix*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-beos*)
-				vendor=be
-				;;
-			-hpux*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-mpeix*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-hiux*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-unos*)
-				vendor=crds
-				;;
-			-dgux*)
-				vendor=dg
-				;;
-			-luna*)
-				vendor=omron
-				;;
-			-genix*)
-				vendor=ns
-				;;
-			-mvs* | -opened*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-os400*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-ptx*)
-				vendor=sequent
-				;;
-			-tpf*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
-				vendor=wrs
-				;;
-			-aux*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-hms*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-mpw* | -macos*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-				vendor=atari
-				;;
-			-vos*)
-				vendor=stratus
-				;;
-		esac
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
-		;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/depcomp b/config/depcomp
deleted file mode 100755
index fc98710..0000000
--- a/config/depcomp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,791 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2013-05-30.07; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-    exit 1;
-    ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
-# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
-# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
-set_dir_from ()
-{
-  case $1 in
-    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
-      *) dir=;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
-# global variable '$base'.
-set_base_from ()
-{
-  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
-}
-
-# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
-# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
-# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-make_dummy_depfile ()
-{
-  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-}
-
-# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
-# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
-aix_post_process_depfile ()
-{
-  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
-  # post-process it.
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    #   $object: dependency.h
-    # and one to simply output
-    #   dependency.h:
-    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
-    { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
-    } > "$depfile"
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    make_dummy_depfile
-  fi
-}
-
-# A tabulation character.
-tab='	'
-# A newline character.
-nl='
-'
-# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
-# These definitions help.
-upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
-lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-digits=0123456789
-alpha=${upper}${lower}
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Avoid interferences from the environment.
-gccflag= dashmflag=
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-  dashmflag=-xM
-  depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-  depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
-  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
-  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-  depmode=msvc7
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
-  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
-  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
-## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
-## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).  Also, it might not be
-##   supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
-  # letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
-## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
-    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
-      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
-      | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
-      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-      >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    make_dummy_depfile
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-xlc)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  set_dir_from "$object"
-  set_base_from "$object"
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  aix_post_process_depfile
-  ;;
-
-tcc)
-  # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
-  # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
-  #        Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
-  #        versions.
-  # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
-  # trailing '\', as in:
-  #
-  #   foo.o : \
-  #    foo.c \
-  #    foo.h \
-  #
-  # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
-  # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
-  # "Emit spaces for -MD").
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
-  # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
-  sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
-  # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
-  sed -n -e 's|^  *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
-## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
-## listed in this file.  A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
-## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
-pgcc)
-  # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
-  # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
-  # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
-  # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
-  # pgcc 10.2 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-  set_dir_from "$object"
-  # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
-  # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
-  set_base_from "$source"
-  tmpdepfile=$base.d
-
-  # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
-  # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
-  # problems in parallel builds.  Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
-  # the same $tmpdepfile.
-  lockdir=$base.d-lock
-  trap "
-    echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
-    rmdir '$lockdir'
-    exit 1
-  " 1 2 13 15
-  numtries=100
-  i=$numtries
-  while test $i -gt 0; do
-    # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
-    if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
-      # This process acquired the lock.
-      "$@" -MD
-      stat=$?
-      # Release the lock.
-      rmdir "$lockdir"
-      break
-    else
-      # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
-      # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
-      while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
-        sleep 1
-        i=`expr $i - 1`
-      done
-    fi
-    i=`expr $i - 1`
-  done
-  trap - 1 2 13 15
-  if test $i -le 0; then
-    echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
-    echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  set_dir_from  "$object"
-  set_base_from "$object"
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-               s/^ *//
-               s/ \\*$//
-               s/$/:/
-               p
-             }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    make_dummy_depfile
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-  # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-  # effect.  'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
-  # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-  # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-  # Subdirectories are respected.
-  set_dir_from  "$object"
-  set_base_from "$object"
-
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These
-    # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-    # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-    # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-    # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-    # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-    # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # Likewise.
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-    "$@" -Wc,-MD
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" -MD
-  fi
-
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
-  aix_post_process_depfile
-  ;;
-
-msvc7)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
-  else
-    showIncludes=-showIncludes
-  fi
-  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
-  if test $stat -ne 0; then
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
-  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
-  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
-  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
-  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
-/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
-  s//\1/
-  s/\\/\\\\/g
-  p
-}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
-s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
-s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
-H
-$ {
-  s/.*/'"$tab"'/
-  G
-  p
-}' >> "$depfile"
-  echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvc7msys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove '-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
-    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
-  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
-  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | tr ' ' "$nl" \
-    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
-    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove '-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E \
-    | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-             -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-    | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-        set fnord "$@"
-        shift
-        shift
-        ;;
-    *)
-        set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-        shift
-        shift
-        ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/dospaths.m4 b/config/dospaths.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 9aa9814..0000000
--- a/config/dospaths.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# Test if the system uses DOS-style pathnames (drive specs and backslashes)
-# By Paul Smith <psmith@gnu.org>.  Based on dos.m4 by Jim Meyering.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is part of GNU Make.
-#
-# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
-# Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
-# version.
-#
-# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more
-# details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-# this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([pds_AC_DOS_PATHS], [
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether system uses MSDOS-style paths], [ac_cv_dos_paths], [
-    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-#if !defined _WIN32 && !defined __WIN32__ && !defined __MSDOS__ && !defined __EMX__ && !defined __MSYS__ && !defined __CYGWIN__
-neither MSDOS nor Windows nor OS2
-#endif
-]])],
-        [ac_cv_dos_paths=yes],
-        [ac_cv_dos_paths=no])])
-
-  AS_IF([test x"$ac_cv_dos_paths" = xyes],
-  [ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DOS_PATHS], 1,
-                       [Define if the system uses DOS-style pathnames.])])
-])
diff --git a/config/gettext.m4 b/config/gettext.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index be247bf..0000000
--- a/config/gettext.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-# gettext.m4 serial 66 (gettext-0.18.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006, 2008-2010.
-
-dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
-dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
-dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
-dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
-dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
-dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
-dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
-dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
-dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value '$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-[
-  dnl Argument checking.
-  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])])
-  ifelse(ifelse([$1], [], [old])[]ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], [old]), [old],
-    [AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [Use of AM_GNU_GETTEXT without [external] argument is deprecated.])])
-  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])
-  define([gt_included_intl],
-    ifelse([$1], [external],
-      ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
-      [yes]))
-  define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
-  gt_NEEDS_INIT
-  AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
-  ])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
-  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-  dnl        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
-  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
-  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
-  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
-  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
-  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
-  dnl documented, we avoid it.
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-  ])
-
-  dnl Sometimes, on Mac OS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
-  gt_INTL_MACOSX
-
-  dnl Set USE_NLS.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-  ])
-  LIBINTL=
-  LTLIBINTL=
-  POSUB=
-
-  dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-  case " $gt_needs " in
-    *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
-    *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
-    *) gt_api_version=1 ;;
-  esac
-  gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
-  gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
-
-  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH([included-gettext],
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext])
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-    ])
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-
-        if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
-          gt_revision_test_code='
-#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-'
-        else
-          gt_revision_test_code=
-        fi
-        if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
-          gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
-        else
-          gt_expression_test_code=
-        fi
-
-        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
-         [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-            [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-               [[
-#include <libintl.h>
-$gt_revision_test_code
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;
-               ]],
-               [[
-bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings
-               ]])],
-            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
-            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
-
-        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
-          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-            AM_ICONV_LINK
-          ])
-          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
-          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
-          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
-          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
-          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
-          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-            [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
-           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
-            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
-            AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-              [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-                 [[
-#include <libintl.h>
-$gt_revision_test_code
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);
-                 ]],
-                 [[
-bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")
-                 ]])],
-              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
-              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
-            if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
-              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-              AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-                [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-                   [[
-#include <libintl.h>
-$gt_revision_test_code
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);
-                   ]],
-                   [[
-bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")
-                   ]])],
-                [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
-                 LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
-                 eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
-                ])
-            fi
-            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
-            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-        fi
-
-        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
-           || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
-                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
-                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
-          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
-        else
-          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
-          LIBINTL=
-          LTLIBINTL=
-          INCINTL=
-        fi
-
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
-          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
-          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
-        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
-        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      CATOBJEXT=
-      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-      fi
-    ])
-
-    if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
-      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
-        LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
-        LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NLS], [1],
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-    else
-      USE_NLS=no
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
-      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
-        gt_source="external libintl"
-      else
-        gt_source="libc"
-      fi
-    else
-      gt_source="included intl directory"
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
-  fi
-
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
-      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
-        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
-        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
-      fi
-
-      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
-      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], [1],
-       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [1],
-       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-    fi
-
-    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-    POSUB=po
-  fi
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST([BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL])
-    AC_SUBST([USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL])
-    AC_SUBST([CATOBJEXT])
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST([DATADIRNAME])
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST([INSTOBJEXT])
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST([GENCAT])
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INTLOBJS=
-    if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
-      INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-    fi
-    AC_SUBST([INTLOBJS])
-
-    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
-    AC_SUBST([INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX])
-  ])
-
-  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
-  AC_SUBST([INTLLIBS])
-
-  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
-  AC_SUBST([LIBINTL])
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL])
-  AC_SUBST([POSUB])
-])
-
-
-dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
-m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
-[
-  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
-  m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
-])
-
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
-[
-  m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
-])
-
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
diff --git a/config/iconv.m4 b/config/iconv.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e37363..0000000
--- a/config/iconv.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
-# iconv.m4 serial 19 (gettext-0.18.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
-[
-  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
-  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-
-  dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
-  dnl AC_LINK_IFELSE will then fail, the second AC_LINK_IFELSE will succeed.
-  am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv], [
-    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
-    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-    AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-      [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-         [[
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-         ]],
-         [[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-           iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-           iconv_close(cd);]])],
-      [am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
-    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-      AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-           [[
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-           ]],
-           [[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-             iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-             iconv_close(cd);]])],
-        [am_cv_lib_iconv=yes]
-        [am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv_works], [
-      dnl This tests against bugs in AIX 5.1, AIX 6.1..7.1, HP-UX 11.11,
-      dnl Solaris 10.
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then
-        LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-      fi
-      am_cv_func_iconv_works=no
-      for ac_iconv_const in '' 'const'; do
-        AC_RUN_IFELSE(
-          [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-             [[
-#include <iconv.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef ICONV_CONST
-# define ICONV_CONST $ac_iconv_const
-#endif
-             ]],
-             [[int result = 0;
-  /* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful
-     returns.  */
-  {
-    iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8");
-    if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
-      {
-        static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */
-        char buf[10];
-        ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input;
-        size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
-        char *outptr = buf;
-        size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
-        size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591,
-                            &inptr, &inbytesleft,
-                            &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-        if (res == 0)
-          result |= 1;
-        iconv_close (cd_utf8_to_88591);
-      }
-  }
-  /* Test against Solaris 10 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from
-     successful returns.  */
-  {
-    iconv_t cd_ascii_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "646");
-    if (cd_ascii_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
-      {
-        static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\263";
-        char buf[10];
-        ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input;
-        size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
-        char *outptr = buf;
-        size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
-        size_t res = iconv (cd_ascii_to_88591,
-                            &inptr, &inbytesleft,
-                            &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-        if (res == 0)
-          result |= 2;
-        iconv_close (cd_ascii_to_88591);
-      }
-  }
-  /* Test against AIX 6.1..7.1 bug: Buffer overrun.  */
-  {
-    iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("UTF-8", "ISO-8859-1");
-    if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1))
-      {
-        static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\304";
-        static char buf[2] = { (char)0xDE, (char)0xAD };
-        ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input;
-        size_t inbytesleft = 1;
-        char *outptr = buf;
-        size_t outbytesleft = 1;
-        size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8,
-                            &inptr, &inbytesleft,
-                            &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-        if (res != (size_t)(-1) || outptr - buf > 1 || buf[1] != (char)0xAD)
-          result |= 4;
-        iconv_close (cd_88591_to_utf8);
-      }
-  }
-#if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller.  */
-  /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0.  */
-  {
-    iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591");
-    if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1))
-      {
-        static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337";
-        char buf[50];
-        ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input;
-        size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
-        char *outptr = buf;
-        size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
-        size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8,
-                            &inptr, &inbytesleft,
-                            &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-        if ((int)res > 0)
-          result |= 8;
-        iconv_close (cd_88591_to_utf8);
-      }
-  }
-#endif
-  /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is
-     provided.  */
-  if (/* Try standardized names.  */
-      iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
-      /* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names.  */
-      && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
-      /* Try AIX names.  */
-      && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
-      /* Try HP-UX names.  */
-      && iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1))
-    result |= 16;
-  return result;
-]])],
-          [am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes], ,
-          [case "$host_os" in
-             aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;;
-             *)            am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;;
-           esac])
-        test "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" = no || break
-      done
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    ])
-    case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in
-      *no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;;
-      *)   am_func_iconv=yes ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-  fi
-  if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [1],
-      [Define if you have the iconv() function and it works.])
-  fi
-  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
-  else
-    dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
-    dnl either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIBICONV=
-    LTLIBICONV=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([LIBICONV])
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV])
-])
-
-dnl Define AM_ICONV using AC_DEFUN_ONCE for Autoconf >= 2.64, in order to
-dnl avoid warnings like
-dnl "warning: AC_REQUIRE: `AM_ICONV' was expanded before it was required".
-dnl This is tricky because of the way 'aclocal' is implemented:
-dnl - It requires defining an auxiliary macro whose name ends in AC_DEFUN.
-dnl   Otherwise aclocal's initial scan pass would miss the macro definition.
-dnl - It requires a line break inside the AC_DEFUN_ONCE and AC_DEFUN expansions.
-dnl   Otherwise aclocal would emit many "Use of uninitialized value $1"
-dnl   warnings.
-m4_define([gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN],
-  m4_version_prereq([2.64],
-    [[AC_DEFUN_ONCE(
-        [$1], [$2])]],
-    [m4_ifdef([gl_00GNULIB],
-       [[AC_DEFUN_ONCE(
-           [$1], [$2])]],
-       [[AC_DEFUN(
-           [$1], [$2])]])]))
-gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
-[
-  AM_ICONV_LINK
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
-    AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_proto_iconv], [
-      AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
-        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-           [[
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus)
-size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
-#else
-size_t iconv();
-#endif
-           ]],
-           [[]])],
-        [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""],
-        [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const"])
-      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
-    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([
-         $am_cv_proto_iconv])
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ICONV_CONST], [$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1],
-      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
-    dnl Also substitute ICONV_CONST in the gnulib generated <iconv.h>.
-    m4_ifdef([gl_ICONV_H_DEFAULTS],
-      [AC_REQUIRE([gl_ICONV_H_DEFAULTS])
-       if test -n "$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1"; then
-         ICONV_CONST="const"
-       fi
-      ])
-  fi
-])
diff --git a/config/install-sh b/config/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 59990a1..0000000
--- a/config/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2014-09-12.12; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-tab='	'
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" $tab$nl"
-
-# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
-
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-is_target_a_directory=possibly
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-        shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-        case $mode in
-          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-            exit 1;;
-        esac
-        shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-        shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t)
-        is_target_a_directory=always
-        dst_arg=$2
-        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
-        case $dst_arg in
-          -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-        esac
-        shift;;
-
-    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --) shift
-        break;;
-
-    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-        exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
-# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
-
-if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
-    case $dst_arg in
-      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-    esac
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
-    if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-        u_plus_rw=
-      else
-        u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-        u_plus_rw=
-      else
-        u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
-  case $src in
-    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-    dst=$dst_arg
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
-        echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-        exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-        # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-        # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-        umask=`umask`
-        case $stripcmd.$umask in
-          # Optimize common cases.
-          *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-          .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-          *[0-7])
-            mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-              - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-              - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-            `;;
-          *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-        esac
-
-        # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-        # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-        if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-          mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-        else
-          mkdir_mode=
-        fi
-
-        posix_mkdir=false
-        case $umask in
-          *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-            # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-            # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-            ;;
-          *)
-            # $RANDOM is not portable (e.g. dash);  use it when possible to
-            # lower collision chance
-            tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-            trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-            # As "mkdir -p" follows symlinks and we work in /tmp possibly;  so
-            # create the $tmpdir first (and fail if unsuccessful) to make sure
-            # that nobody tries to guess the $tmpdir name.
-            if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-                $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
-                exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
-            then
-              if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-                   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-                   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-                   # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-                   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-                   test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
-                   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
-                   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-                     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-                     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-                     *) false;;
-                   esac &&
-                   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
-                     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
-                     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-                   }
-                 }
-              then posix_mkdir=:
-              fi
-              rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
-            else
-              # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-              rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
-            fi
-            trap '' 0;;
-        esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-        umask $mkdir_umask &&
-        $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-        /*) prefix='/';;
-        [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
-        *)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-        test X"$d" = X && continue
-
-        prefix=$prefix$d
-        if test -d "$prefix"; then
-          prefixes=
-        else
-          if $posix_mkdir; then
-            (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-             $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-            # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-            test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-          else
-            case $prefix in
-              *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-              *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-            esac
-            prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-          fi
-        fi
-        prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-        # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-        (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-         eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-          test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-        obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"     2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"  2>/dev/null` &&
-       set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set +f &&
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-        # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-        # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-        # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-        # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-        # file should still install successfully.
-        {
-          test ! -f "$dst" ||
-          $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-          { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-            { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-          } ||
-          { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-            (exit 1); exit 1
-          }
-        } &&
-
-        # Now rename the file to the real destination.
-        $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/intlmacosx.m4 b/config/intlmacosx.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a045f6..0000000
--- a/config/intlmacosx.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-# intlmacosx.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Checks for special options needed on Mac OS X.
-dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
-[
-  dnl Check for API introduced in Mac OS X 10.2.
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
-    [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
-    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
-     AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-          [[#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>]],
-          [[CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)]])],
-       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
-       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
-     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], [1],
-      [Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
-  fi
-  dnl Check for API introduced in Mac OS X 10.3.
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent],
-    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
-     AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-          [[#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>]],
-          [[CFLocaleCopyCurrent();]])],
-       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
-       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
-     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-  if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], [1],
-      [Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
-  fi
-  INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
-  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
-    INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
-])
diff --git a/config/lib-ld.m4 b/config/lib-ld.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index ddc569f..0000000
--- a/config/lib-ld.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-# lib-ld.m4 serial 6
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2009-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
-dnl with replacements s/_*LT_PATH/AC_LIB_PROG/ and s/lt_/acl_/ to avoid
-dnl collision with libtool.m4.
-
-dnl From libtool-2.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], [acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld],
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
-case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-  ;;
-*)
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-  ;;
-esac])
-with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])
-
-dnl From libtool-2.4. Sets the variable LD.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
-        [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]])],
-    [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
-    [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
-
-# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which
-  # contains only /bin. Note that ksh looks also at the FPATH variable,
-  # so we have to set that as well for the test.
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-    && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-           || PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-       }
-fi
-
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
-      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
-      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo "$ac_prog"| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo "$ac_prog" | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-        ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL([acl_cv_path_LD],
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  acl_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    IFS="$acl_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-        test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-        ;;
-      *)
-        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-        ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$acl_save_ifs"
-else
-  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$LD])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
diff --git a/config/lib-link.m4 b/config/lib-link.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 3522d99..0000000
--- a/config/lib-link.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
-# lib-link.m4 serial 26 (gettext-0.18.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_PREREQ([2.54])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
-dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
-dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  pushdef([Name],[m4_translit([$1],[./+-], [____])])
-  pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                   [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
-    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix="$LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX"
-  ])
-  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
-  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
-  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
-  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
-  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
-  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
-  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-  popdef([NAME])
-  popdef([Name])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode, [missing-message])
-dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
-dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
-dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. The missing-message
-dnl defaults to 'no' and may contain additional hints for the user.
-dnl If found, it sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME}
-dnl and LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
-dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
-dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
-dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  pushdef([Name],[m4_translit([$1],[./+-], [____])])
-  pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                   [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-
-  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-
-  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
-  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
-    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    dnl If $LIB[]NAME contains some -l options, add it to the end of LIBS,
-    dnl because these -l options might require -L options that are present in
-    dnl LIBS. -l options benefit only from the -L options listed before it.
-    dnl Otherwise, add it to the front of LIBS, because it may be a static
-    dnl library that depends on another static library that is present in LIBS.
-    dnl Static libraries benefit only from the static libraries listed after
-    dnl it.
-    case " $LIB[]NAME" in
-      *" -l"*) LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" ;;
-      *)       LIBS="$LIB[]NAME $LIBS" ;;
-    esac
-    AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-      [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[$3]], [[$4]])],
-      [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes],
-      [ac_cv_lib[]Name='m4_if([$5], [], [no], [[$5]])'])
-    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-  ])
-  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the lib][$1 library.])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
-  else
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
-    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
-    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIB[]NAME=
-    LTLIB[]NAME=
-    LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
-  popdef([NAME])
-  popdef([Name])
-])
-
-dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
-dnl   acl_libext,
-dnl   acl_shlibext,
-dnl   acl_libname_spec,
-dnl   acl_library_names_spec,
-dnl   acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec,
-dnl   acl_hardcode_libdir_separator,
-dnl   acl_hardcode_direct,
-dnl   acl_hardcode_minus_L.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
-[
-  dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
-  m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], [acl_cv_rpath], [
-    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
-    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
-    . ./conftest.sh
-    rm -f ./conftest.sh
-    acl_cv_rpath=done
-  ])
-  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
-  acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext"
-  acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
-  acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec"
-  acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec"
-  acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-  acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
-  acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
-  acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
-  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE([rpath],
-    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
-    :, enable_rpath=yes)
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE(name, package)
-dnl declares that libname comes from the given package. The configure file
-dnl will then not have a --with-libname-prefix option but a
-dnl --with-package-prefix option. Several libraries can come from the same
-dnl package. This declaration must occur before an AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS or similar
-dnl macro call that searches for libname.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE],
-[
-  pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                   [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-  define([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [$2])
-  popdef([NAME])
-  pushdef([PACK],[$2])
-  pushdef([PACKUP],[m4_translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                     [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-  define([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP,
-    m4_ifdef([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, [m4_defn([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP)[, ]],)[lib$1])
-  popdef([PACKUP])
-  popdef([PACK])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
-dnl Also, sets the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname was found
-dnl in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
-  pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                   [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-  pushdef([PACK],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_frompackage_]NAME, lib[$1])])
-  pushdef([PACKUP],[m4_translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-],
-                                     [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])])
-  pushdef([PACKLIBS],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, lib[$1])])
-  dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 supports dots in --with options.
-  pushdef([P_A_C_K],[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.61]),[-1],[m4_translit(PACK,[.],[_])],PACK)])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH(P_A_C_K[-prefix],
-[[  --with-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix[=DIR]  search for ]PACKLIBS[ in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix     don't search for ]PACKLIBS[ in includedir and libdir]],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
-        if test "$acl_libdirstem2" != "$acl_libdirstem" \
-           && ! test -d "$withval/$acl_libdirstem"; then
-          additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem2"
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
-  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
-  LIB[]NAME=
-  LTLIB[]NAME=
-  INC[]NAME=
-  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
-  dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME} is an indicator that LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} have been
-  dnl computed. So it has to be reset here.
-  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=
-  rpathdirs=
-  ltrpathdirs=
-  names_already_handled=
-  names_next_round='$1 $2'
-  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
-    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
-    names_next_round=
-    for name in $names_this_round; do
-      already_handled=
-      for n in $names_already_handled; do
-        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
-          already_handled=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
-        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
-        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
-        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
-        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____|'`
-        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
-        if test -n "$value"; then
-          if test "$value" = yes; then
-            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-          else
-            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
-            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
-            :
-          fi
-        else
-          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
-          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
-          found_dir=
-          found_la=
-          found_so=
-          found_a=
-          eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\"    # typically: libname=lib$name
-          if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
-            shrext=".$acl_shlibext"             # typically: shrext=.so
-          else
-            shrext=
-          fi
-          if test $use_additional = yes; then
-            dir="$additional_libdir"
-            dnl The same code as in the loop below:
-            dnl First look for a shared library.
-            if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
-              if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
-                found_dir="$dir"
-                found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
-              else
-                if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
-                  ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
-                        for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
-                        | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
-                        | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
-                        | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
-                  if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
-                    found_dir="$dir"
-                    found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
-                  fi
-                else
-                  eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
-                  for f in $library_names; do
-                    if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_so="$dir/$f"
-                      break
-                    fi
-                  done
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Then look for a static library.
-            if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-              if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
-                found_dir="$dir"
-                found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
-              fi
-            fi
-            if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-              if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
-                found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
-              fi
-            fi
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-              case "$x" in
-                -L*)
-                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                  dnl First look for a shared library.
-                  if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
-                    if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
-                    else
-                      if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
-                        ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
-                              for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
-                              | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
-                              | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
-                              | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
-                        if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
-                          found_dir="$dir"
-                          found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
-                        fi
-                      else
-                        eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
-                        for f in $library_names; do
-                          if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
-                            found_dir="$dir"
-                            found_so="$dir/$f"
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  dnl Then look for a static library.
-                  if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-                    if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-                    if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
-                      found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  ;;
-              esac
-              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-                break
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-            dnl Found the library.
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
-              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
-              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
-              dnl standard /usr/lib.
-              if test "$enable_rpath" = no \
-                 || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
-                 || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
-                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-              else
-                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                dnl binary.
-                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                haveit=
-                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                    haveit=yes
-                    break
-                  fi
-                done
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
-                fi
-                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
-                if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then
-                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-                  dnl resulting binary.
-                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                else
-                  if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                    dnl binary.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
-                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
-                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
-                    fi
-                    if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    else
-                      dnl We cannot use $acl_hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
-                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
-                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
-                      dnl very old systems.
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            else
-              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
-                dnl Linking with a static library.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
-              else
-                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
-                dnl fallback.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
-            additional_includedir=
-            case "$found_dir" in
-              */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
-                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
-                if test "$name" = '$1'; then
-                  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir"
-                fi
-                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
-                ;;
-              */$acl_libdirstem2 | */$acl_libdirstem2/)
-                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem2/"'*$,,'`
-                if test "$name" = '$1'; then
-                  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir"
-                fi
-                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
-                ;;
-            esac
-            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
-              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-              dnl But don't add it
-              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
-              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
-              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-                haveit=
-                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                    case $host_os in
-                      linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
-                    esac
-                  fi
-                fi
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
-                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-                      haveit=yes
-                      break
-                    fi
-                  done
-                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Look for dependencies.
-            if test -n "$found_la"; then
-              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
-              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
-              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
-              save_libdir="$libdir"
-              case "$found_la" in
-                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
-                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
-              esac
-              libdir="$save_libdir"
-              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
-              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
-                case "$dep" in
-                  -L*)
-                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
-                    dnl But don't add it
-                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
-                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
-                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
-                       && test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
-                      haveit=
-                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem" \
-                         || test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
-                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                          case $host_os in
-                            linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
-                          esac
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
-                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
-                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -R*)
-                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
-                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -l*)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
-                    ;;
-                  *.la)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
-                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
-                    dnl option.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
-                    ;;
-                  *)
-                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    ;;
-                esac
-              done
-            fi
-          else
-            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
-            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
-            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
-            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
-            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
-      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
-      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
-      alldirs=
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
-      done
-      dnl Note: acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
-      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-      libdir="$alldirs"
-      eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-    else
-      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-        libdir="$found_dir"
-        eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-      done
-    fi
-  fi
-  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
-    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
-    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
-      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
-    done
-  fi
-  popdef([P_A_C_K])
-  popdef([PACKLIBS])
-  popdef([PACKUP])
-  popdef([PACK])
-  popdef([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
-dnl unless already present in VAR.
-dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
-dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
-[
-  for element in [$2]; do
-    haveit=
-    for x in $[$1]; do
-      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
-        haveit=yes
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
-    fi
-  done
-])
-
-dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
-dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
-dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
-dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
-dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
-dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
-  $1=
-  if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
-    if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-      dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
-      dnl binary.
-      rpathdirs=
-      next=
-      for opt in $2; do
-        if test -n "$next"; then
-          dir="$next"
-          dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
-          if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
-             && test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
-            rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-          fi
-          next=
-        else
-          case $opt in
-            -L) next=yes ;;
-            -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
-                 dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
-                 if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \
-                    && test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then
-                   rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-                 fi
-                 next= ;;
-            *) next= ;;
-          esac
-        fi
-      done
-      if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
-        if test -n ""$3""; then
-          dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
-          for dir in $rpathdirs; do
-            $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
-          done
-        else
-          dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
-          if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-            dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
-            dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
-            alldirs=
-            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
-              alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
-            done
-            acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-            libdir="$alldirs"
-            eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-            libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-            $1="$flag"
-          else
-            dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
-            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
-              acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-              libdir="$dir"
-              eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-              libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-              $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
-            done
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([$1])
-])
diff --git a/config/lib-prefix.m4 b/config/lib-prefix.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 31f49e4..0000000
--- a/config/lib-prefix.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-# lib-prefix.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.18)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2008-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
-dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
-dnl require excessive bracketing.
-ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
-[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
-[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
-dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
-dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
-dnl with the same --prefix option.
-dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
-dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
-[
-  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
-[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  if test $use_additional = yes; then
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
-dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
-dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
-[
-  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
-  dnl at the end of configure.
-  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
-  else
-    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
-  fi
-  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-  else
-    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  fi
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
-dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
-dnl at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
-[
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
-  $1
-  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates
-dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem, containing the basename of the libdir, either
-dnl   "lib" or "lib64" or "lib/64",
-dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem2, as a secondary possible value for
-dnl   acl_libdirstem, either the same as acl_libdirstem or "lib/sparcv9" or
-dnl   "lib/amd64".
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
-[
-  dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64.
-  dnl On glibc systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting
-  dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under
-  dnl $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine
-  dnl the compiler's default mode by looking at the compiler's library search
-  dnl path. If at least one of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a
-  dnl directory whose absolute pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI.
-  dnl Otherwise we use the default, namely "lib".
-  dnl On Solaris systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting
-  dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under
-  dnl $prefix/lib/64 (which is a symlink to either $prefix/lib/sparcv9 or
-  dnl $prefix/lib/amd64) and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  acl_libdirstem=lib
-  acl_libdirstem2=
-  case "$host_os" in
-    solaris*)
-      dnl See Solaris 10 Software Developer Collection > Solaris 64-bit Developer's Guide > The Development Environment
-      dnl <http://docs.sun.com/app/docs/doc/816-5138/dev-env?l=en&a=view>.
-      dnl "Portable Makefiles should refer to any library directories using the 64 symbolic link."
-      dnl But we want to recognize the sparcv9 or amd64 subdirectory also if the
-      dnl symlink is missing, so we set acl_libdirstem2 too.
-      AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit host], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit],
-        [AC_EGREP_CPP([sixtyfour bits], [
-#ifdef _LP64
-sixtyfour bits
-#endif
-           ], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=yes], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=no])
-        ])
-      if test $gl_cv_solaris_64bit = yes; then
-        acl_libdirstem=lib/64
-        case "$host_cpu" in
-          sparc*)        acl_libdirstem2=lib/sparcv9 ;;
-          i*86 | x86_64) acl_libdirstem2=lib/amd64 ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-    *)
-      searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
-      if test -n "$searchpath"; then
-        acl_save_IFS="${IFS= 	}"; IFS=":"
-        for searchdir in $searchpath; do
-          if test -d "$searchdir"; then
-            case "$searchdir" in
-              */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
-              */../ | */.. )
-                # Better ignore directories of this form. They are misleading.
-                ;;
-              *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
-                 case "$searchdir" in
-                   */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
-                 esac ;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        done
-        IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-  test -n "$acl_libdirstem2" || acl_libdirstem2="$acl_libdirstem"
-])
diff --git a/config/longlong.m4 b/config/longlong.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index eefb37c..0000000
--- a/config/longlong.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-# longlong.m4 serial 17
-dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2007, 2009-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
-# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.61, and can be faster
-# than what's in Autoconf 2.62 through 2.68.
-
-# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
-# (as on some very old compilers), HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
-# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
-     [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes
-      if test "x${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99-no}" = xno; then
-        ac_cv_type_long_long_int=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
-        if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
-          dnl Catch a bug in Tandem NonStop Kernel (OSS) cc -O circa 2004.
-          dnl If cross compiling, assume the bug is not important, since
-          dnl nobody cross compiles for this platform as far as we know.
-          AC_RUN_IFELSE(
-            [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-               [[@%:@include <limits.h>
-                 @%:@ifndef LLONG_MAX
-                 @%:@ define HALF \
-                          (1LL << (sizeof (long long int) * CHAR_BIT - 2))
-                 @%:@ define LLONG_MAX (HALF - 1 + HALF)
-                 @%:@endif]],
-               [[long long int n = 1;
-                 int i;
-                 for (i = 0; ; i++)
-                   {
-                     long long int m = n << i;
-                     if (m >> i != n)
-                       return 1;
-                     if (LLONG_MAX / 2 < m)
-                       break;
-                   }
-                 return 0;]])],
-            [],
-            [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no],
-            [:])
-        fi
-      fi])
-  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], [1],
-      [Define to 1 if the system has the type 'long long int'.])
-  fi
-])
-
-# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
-# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.61, and can be faster
-# than what's in Autoconf 2.62 through 2.68.
-
-# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
-# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
-# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
-# like 'unsigned long int'.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
-    [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
-    [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes
-     if test "x${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99-no}" = xno; then
-       AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-         [_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_SNIPPET],
-         [],
-         [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])
-     fi])
-  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], [1],
-      [Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'.])
-  fi
-])
-
-# Expands to a C program that can be used to test for simultaneous support
-# of 'long long' and 'unsigned long long'. We don't want to say that
-# 'long long' is available if 'unsigned long long' is not, or vice versa,
-# because too many programs rely on the symmetry between signed and unsigned
-# integer types (excluding 'bool').
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_SNIPPET],
-[
-  AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-    [[/* For now, do not test the preprocessor; as of 2007 there are too many
-         implementations with broken preprocessors.  Perhaps this can
-         be revisited in 2012.  In the meantime, code should not expect
-         #if to work with literals wider than 32 bits.  */
-      /* Test literals.  */
-      long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
-      long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
-      unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
-      /* Test constant expressions.   */
-      typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0 && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
-                     ? 1 : -1)];
-      typedef int b[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
-                     ? 1 : -1)];
-      int i = 63;]],
-    [[/* Test availability of runtime routines for shift and division.  */
-      long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
-      unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
-      return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
-              | (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll)
-              | (ull << 63) | (ull >> 63) | (ull << i) | (ull >> i)
-              | (ullmax / ull) | (ullmax % ull));]])
-])
diff --git a/config/mdate-sh b/config/mdate-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9e2c0c9..0000000
--- a/config/mdate-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-
-scriptversion=2015-04-09.19; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No file.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
-
-Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
-1 January 1970
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-error ()
-{
-  echo "$0: $1" >&2
-  exit 1
-}
-
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# Use UTC to get reproducible result
-TZ=UTC
-export TZ
-
-# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
-# variable.  Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
-# variable to its documented default.
-if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
-  TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
-  export TIME_STYLE
-fi
-
-save_arg1=$1
-
-# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
-else
-  ls_command='ls -l -d'
-fi
-# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
-if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  ls_command="$ls_command -n"
-fi
-
-# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
-#  drwxrwx---        0 Aug 11  2001 foo
-# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
-#  drwxrwx---   2 root  root      4096 Aug 11  2001 foo
-#
-# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
-# until we find a month.  This cannot work with files whose owner is a
-# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc.  However, it's unlikely that '/'
-# will be owned by a user whose name is a month.  So we first look at
-# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
-# words should be skipped to get the date.
-
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-set x`$ls_command /`
-
-# Find which argument is the month.
-month=
-command=
-until test $month
-do
-  test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
-  shift
-  # Add another shift to the command.
-  command="$command shift;"
-  case $1 in
-    Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
-    Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
-    Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
-    Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
-    May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
-    Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
-    Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
-    Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
-    Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
-    Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
-    Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
-    Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-  esac
-done
-
-test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
-
-# Remove all preceding arguments
-eval $command
-
-# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
-#
-# On a POSIX system, we should have
-#
-# $# = 5
-# $1 = file size
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = day
-# $4 = year or time
-# $5 = filename
-#
-# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
-#
-# $# = 4
-# $1 = day
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = year or time
-# $4 = filename
-
-# Get the month.
-case $2 in
-  Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
-  Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
-  Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
-  Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
-  May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
-  Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
-  Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
-  Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
-  Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
-  Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
-  Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
-  Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-esac
-
-case $3 in
-  ???*) day=$1;;
-  *) day=$3; shift;;
-esac
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
-  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
-       case $2 in
-	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
-	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
-	 Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
-	 Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
-	 May) nummonthtod=5;;
-	 Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
-	 Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
-	 Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
-	 Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
-	 Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
-	 Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
-	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
-       esac
-       # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
-       # be used for files modified in the last year.
-       if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
-       then
-	 year=`expr $year - 1`
-       fi;;
-  *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/missing b/config/missing
deleted file mode 100755
index f62bbae..0000000
--- a/config/missing
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
-
-scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-case $1 in
-
-  --is-lightweight)
-    # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
-    # script is modern enough.
-    exit 0
-    ;;
-
-  --run)
-    # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
-    shift
-    ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
-to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal   autoconf  autoheader   autom4te  automake  makeinfo
-  bison     yacc      flex         lex       help2man
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
-'g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
-"$@"; st=$?
-
-# If it succeeded, we are done.
-test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
-
-# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
-# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
-# program is present and works.
-case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
-
-# Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens when the user
-# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
-# minimum version.
-if test $st -eq 63; then
-  msg="probably too old"
-elif test $st -eq 127; then
-  # Program was missing.
-  msg="missing on your system"
-else
-  # Program was found and executed, but failed.  Give up.
-  exit $st
-fi
-
-perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
-flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
-gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
-
-program_details ()
-{
-  case $1 in
-    aclocal|automake)
-      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
-      echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
-      echo "<$perl_URL>"
-      ;;
-    autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
-      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
-      echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
-      echo "<$perl_URL>"
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-give_advice ()
-{
-  # Normalize program name to check for.
-  normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-    s/^gnu-//; t
-    s/^gnu//; t
-    s/^g//; t'`
-
-  printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
-
-  configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
-  case $normalized_program in
-    autoconf*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
-      echo "or m4 files included by it."
-      program_details 'autoconf'
-      ;;
-    autoheader*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
-      echo "$configure_deps."
-      program_details 'autoheader'
-      ;;
-    automake*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
-      echo "$configure_deps."
-      program_details 'automake'
-      ;;
-    aclocal*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
-      echo "$configure_deps."
-      program_details 'aclocal'
-      ;;
-   autom4te*)
-      echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
-      echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
-      program_details 'autom4te'
-      ;;
-    bison*|yacc*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
-      echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
-      ;;
-    lex*|flex*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
-      echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
-      echo "<$flex_URL>"
-      ;;
-    help2man*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
-           "of a man page."
-      echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
-    ;;
-    makeinfo*)
-      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
-      echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
-      echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
-      echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
-      echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
-      echo "want to install GNU make:"
-      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
-      echo "tools for further handling them.  Check the 'README' file, it"
-      echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
-      echo "this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
-      echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-                       -e '2,$s/^/         /' >&2
-
-# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
-# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
-exit $st
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/config/nls.m4 b/config/nls.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 53cdc8b..0000000
--- a/config/nls.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# nls.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006, 2008-2014 Free Software Foundation,
-dnl Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
-
-AC_PREREQ([2.50])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
-[
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-  dnl Default is enabled NLS
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE([nls],
-    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
-  AC_SUBST([USE_NLS])
-])
diff --git a/config/po.m4 b/config/po.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 43012dc..0000000
--- a/config/po.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,453 +0,0 @@
-# po.m4 serial 24 (gettext-0.19)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
-
-AC_PREREQ([2.60])
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
-
-  dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that
-  dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync.
-  AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.19])
-
-  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
-  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  AC_PATH_PROG([GMSGFMT], [gmsgfmt], [$MSGFMT])
-
-  dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
-changequote(,)dnl
-  case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
-    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
-    *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
-  esac
-changequote([,])dnl
-  AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
-changequote(,)dnl
-  case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
-    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
-    *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
-  esac
-changequote([,])dnl
-  AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
-
-  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-  rm -f messages.po
-
-  dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
-changequote(,)dnl
-  case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
-    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
-    *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
-  esac
-changequote([,])dnl
-  AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
-
-  dnl Installation directories.
-  dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
-  dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
-  test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
-  AC_SUBST([localedir])
-
-  dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
-  test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
-  AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS])
-
-  AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
-    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-      case "$ac_file" in
-        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-      esac
-      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-        ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`
-        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-        esac
-        # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
-        # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
-        # directories under different names or in different locations.
-        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          gt_tab=`printf '\t'`
-          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ${gt_tab}]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
-          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
-          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
-          # parameters.
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
-            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
-            if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
-            fi
-            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
-            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5.
-            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
-            POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
-          else
-            # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
-            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5.
-            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
-          fi
-          # Compute POFILES
-          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
-          # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
-          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
-          # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
-          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
-          # Compute GMOFILES
-          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .) srcdirpre= ;;
-            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
-          esac
-          POFILES=
-          UPDATEPOFILES=
-          DUMMYPOFILES=
-          GMOFILES=
-          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
-            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
-            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
-            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
-          done
-          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
-          # environment variable.
-          INST_LINGUAS=
-          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-              useit=no
-              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
-                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
-              else
-                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
-              fi
-              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
-                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-                case "$desiredlang" in
-                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-                esac
-              done
-              if test $useit = yes; then
-                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          CATALOGS=
-          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
-            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
-              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
-            done
-          fi
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
-            if test -f "$f"; then
-              case "$f" in
-                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
-                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
-              esac
-            fi
-          done
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-    done]],
-   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
-    # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
-    # from automake < 1.5.
-    eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
-    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
-    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
-   ])
-])
-
-dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
-[
-  # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
-  # set:
-  # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
-  # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
-  #   time.
-
-changequote(,)dnl
-  # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-  ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`
-  ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-  # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-  # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-  test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-    .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-    /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-    *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
-  if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
-    gt_echo='echo'
-  else
-    if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
-      gt_echo='printf %s\n'
-    else
-      echo_func () {
-        cat <<EOT
-$*
-EOT
-      }
-      gt_echo='echo_func'
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
-  tab=`printf '\t'`
-  sed_x_variable='
-# Test if the hold space is empty.
-x
-s/P/P/
-x
-ta
-# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
-/^['"${tab}"' ]*VARIABLE['"${tab}"' ]*=/{
-  # Seen the first line of the variable definition.
-  s/^['"${tab}"' ]*VARIABLE['"${tab}"' ]*=//
-  ba
-}
-bd
-:a
-# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
-# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
-s/#.*$/ /
-# See if the line ends in a backslash.
-tb
-:b
-s/\\$//
-# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
-p
-tc
-# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
-# reached. Clear the hold space.
-s/^.*$//
-x
-bd
-:c
-# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
-# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
-s/^.*$/P/
-x
-:d
-'
-changequote([,])dnl
-
-  # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
-  sed_x_POTFILES=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`
-  POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
-  # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
-  #   $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
-  POTFILES_DEPS=
-  for file in $POTFILES; do
-    POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
-  done
-  POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
-
-  if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-    test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
-  fi
-  if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
-    # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
-    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
-    POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
-  else
-    # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
-    sed_x_LINGUAS=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`
-    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
-  fi
-  # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5.
-  eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
-  # Compute POFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
-  # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
-  # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
-  # Compute GMOFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
-  # Compute PROPERTIESFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
-  # Compute CLASSFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
-  # Compute QMFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
-  # Compute MSGFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
-  # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
-  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
-  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-    .) srcdirpre= ;;
-    *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
-  esac
-  POFILES=
-  UPDATEPOFILES=
-  DUMMYPOFILES=
-  GMOFILES=
-  PROPERTIESFILES=
-  CLASSFILES=
-  QMFILES=
-  MSGFILES=
-  RESOURCESDLLFILES=
-  for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-    POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
-    UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
-    DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
-    GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
-    PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
-    CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
-    QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
-    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
-    MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
-    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
-    RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
-  done
-  # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
-  # environment variable.
-  INST_LINGUAS=
-  if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-    for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      useit=no
-      if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
-        desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
-      else
-        desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
-      fi
-      for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
-        # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-        #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-        #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-        #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-        #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-        case "$desiredlang" in
-          "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-        esac
-      done
-      if test $useit = yes; then
-        INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-      fi
-    done
-  fi
-  CATALOGS=
-  JAVACATALOGS=
-  QTCATALOGS=
-  TCLCATALOGS=
-  CSHARPCATALOGS=
-  if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
-    for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
-      CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
-      JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
-      QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
-      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
-      TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
-      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
-      CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
-    done
-  fi
-
-  sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
-  tab=`printf '\t'`
-  if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
-    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
-      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
-$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
-${tab}@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
-${tab}\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
-EOF
-    done
-  fi
-  if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
-    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
-      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
-$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
-${tab}@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
-${tab}\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
-EOF
-    done
-  fi
-  if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
-    cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
-Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
-EOF
-  fi
-  mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
-])
-
-dnl Initializes the accumulator used by AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT],
-[
-  XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
-])
-
-dnl Registers an option to be passed to xgettext in the po subdirectory.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT])
-  XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS="$XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS $1"
-])
diff --git a/config/progtest.m4 b/config/progtest.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index b499f79..0000000
--- a/config/progtest.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-# progtest.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.18.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005, 2008-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-AC_PREREQ([2.50])
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
-[
-# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which
-  # contains only /bin. Note that ksh looks also at the FPATH variable,
-  # so we have to set that as well for the test.
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-    && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-           || PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-       }
-fi
-
-# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
-# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
-cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
-#! /bin/sh
-exit 0
-_ASEOF
-chmod +x conf$$.file
-if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  ac_executable_p="test -x"
-else
-  ac_executable_p="test -f"
-fi
-rm -f conf$$.file
-
-# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_path_$1],
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
-    ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-      IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
-      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-        if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-          echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-          if [$3]; then
-            ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-            break 2
-          fi
-        fi
-      done
-    done
-    IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-    ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$][$1])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-fi
-AC_SUBST([$1])dnl
-])
diff --git a/config/texinfo.tex b/config/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e60dd17..0000000
--- a/config/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11654 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-% 
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2016-06-07.21}
-%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016
-% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
-% License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-%   http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   texindex foo.??
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
-  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% LaTeX's \typeout.  This ensures that the messages it is used for
-% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
-\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
-
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexsp=\sp
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptexsup=\sup
-\let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptextop=\top
-{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putworderror\undefined     \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined       \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined   \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
-
-\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
-\chardef\slashChar = `\/
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
-  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
-  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-  spell-ing spell-ings
-  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-  wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
-  \tracingstats2
-  \tracingpages1
-  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
-  \tracingparagraphs1
-  \tracingoutput1
-  \tracingmacros2
-  \tracingrestores1
-  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-  \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-    \tracingscantokens1
-    \tracingifs1
-    \tracinggroups1
-    \tracingnesting2
-    \tracingassigns1
-  \fi
-  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-  \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% @errormsg{MSG}.  Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
-% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
-% after all.
-% 
-\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
-\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% Output routine
-%
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
-% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
-% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
-%
-% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
-% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
-%
-% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
-% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
-
-% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
-% mark before the section break, and one after.
-%   In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs,
-% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs.
-%   Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
-% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
-% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
-%   @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
-%
-% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
-\def\domark{%
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
-  \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
-  \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
-  \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
-  \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
-  \mark{%
-                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2  % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
-      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6  % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
-    \noexpand\else \the\toks8             % 2: color marks
-  }%
-}
-
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
-% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
-%
-% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
-% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
-% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
-% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
-% first @chapter.
-\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
-  \ifcase0\topmark\fi
-  \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
-}
-\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
-
-% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\lastchapterdefs{}
-\def\lastsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastsection{}
-\def\prevchapterdefs{}
-\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
-
-% Main output routine.
-%
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
-% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer,
-% cropmarks, and footnote.  This also causes index entries for this page
-% to be written to the auxiliary files.
-%
-\def\onepageout#1{%
-  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-  %
-  % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
-  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
-  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-  \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
-  %
-  % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
-  % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
-  % values in \headline and \footline.
-  %
-  % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter.
-  \ifcase1\topmark\fi
-  \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
-  \ifcase0\firstmark\fi
-  \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
-  \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
-  %
-  \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
-    \let\thischapterheading\thischapter
-  \else
-    % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank
-    % for the first page of a chapter.  This is to prevent the chapter name 
-    % being shown twice.
-    \def\thischapterheading{}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
-  \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}%
-  %
-  {%
-    % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
-    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
-    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
-    % before the \shipout runs.
-    %
-    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
-    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-               % \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
-               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-               % it needs to be
-               % {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym}
-    \shipout\vbox{%
-      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
-        \hsize = \outerhsize
-        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
-        \vtop to0pt{%
-          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
-          }%
-          \vss}%
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin
-        \line\bgroup
-          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
-          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-          \vbox\bgroup
-      \fi
-      %
-      \unvbox\headlinebox
-      \pagebody{#1}%
-      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
-        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
-        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-        \vskip 24pt
-        \unvbox\footlinebox
-      \fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks
-          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
-        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
-        \vbox to0pt{\vss
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-          }%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
-        }%
-      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
-      \fi
-    }% end of \shipout\vbox
-  }% end of group with \indexdummies
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-% Main part of page, including any footnotes
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-
-% Argument parsing
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
-  \def\argtorun{#2}%
-  \begingroup
-    \obeylines
-    \spaceisspace
-    #1%
-    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
-  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
-  }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.  Also remove a @texinfoc
-% comment (see \scanmacro for details).  Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-%    @end itemize  @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
-  \def\temp{#3}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty
-    % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
-    \let\temp\finishparsearg
-  \else
-    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
-  \fi
-  % Put the space token in:
-  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-
-
-% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
-%
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-%	is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
-  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-  \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
-  \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
-  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-  % should produce a line of output anyway.
-  %
-  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
-  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
-%
-%   \envdef\foo{...}
-%   \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At run-time, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-  \else
-    \badenverr
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
-  \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
-    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
-  \ifx#1\empty
-    outside of any environment%
-  \else
-    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
-  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
-  \else
-    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
-    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
-    \csname E#1\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
-  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
-    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-  \fi
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
-    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
-    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-    \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above.  But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
-    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-  \addgroupbox
-  \prevdepth = \dimen1
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-\def\addgroupbox{
-  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-  \dimen2 = \txipageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-  % group, force a page break.
-  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
-      \page
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \box\groupbox
-}
-
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
-  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-  % paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
-  \dimen0 = #1\mil
-  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
-  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
-  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
-    %
-    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
-    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
-    % And a page break here is fine.
-    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
-    %
-    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
-    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
-    %
-    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
-    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-    \penalty9999
-    %
-    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-    \kern -#1\mil
-    %
-    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.  Not documented, written for gawk manual.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
-  \nobreak
-  \kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
-    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
-    \vss
-    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
-    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
-    \ifx#1l%
-      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
-    \else
-      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
-    \fi
-    \null
-  }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
-    \def\righttext{#2}%
-  \else
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
-    \def\righttext{#1}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno
-    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-  \else
-    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-  \fi
-  \temp
-}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).  This command
-% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
-% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
-  \pushthisfilestack
-  \def\thisfile{#1}%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable  % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
-    \turnoffactive        % and allow special characters in the expansion
-    \indexnofonts         % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
-    %
-    % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
-    % definitions, etc.
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp
-  \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`~=\other
-  \catcode`^=\other
-  \catcode`_=\other
-  \catcode`|=\other
-  \catcode`<=\other
-  \catcode`>=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other
-  \catcode`-=\other
-  \catcode`\`=\other
-  \catcode`\'=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-%
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
-  \ifhmode
-    \let\centersub\centerH
-  \else
-    \let\centersub\centerV
-  \fi
-  \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-  \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
-}
-\def\centerH#1{{%
-  \hfil\break
-  \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \line{#1}%
-  \break
-}}
-%
-\newcount\centerpenalty
-\def\centerV#1{%
-  % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
-  % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
-  % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
-  % prevent a page break here.
-  \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
-  \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
-  \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
-  \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
-}
-
-% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-%
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
-%
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other\commentxxx}%
-
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active%
-\gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup%
-\futurelet\nexttoken\commentxxxx}%
-\gdef\commentxxxx{\ifx\nexttoken\aftermacro\expandafter\comment\fi}%
-}
-
-\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\cxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-% See comment in \scanmacro about why the definitions of @c and @comment differ
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \defaultparindent = 0pt
-    \else
-      \defaultparindent = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
-    \else
-      \lispnarrowing = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\noneword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-  \gdef\indent  {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
-  \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
-  \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
-}
-%
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-  \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
-  \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
-  \global\everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
-\let\setfilename=\comment
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newbox\boxB
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-%
-% For LuaTeX
-%
-
-\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-\else
-  % Escape PDF strings UTF-8 to UTF-16
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\%=12
-    \directlua{
-      function UTF16oct(str)
-        tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
-        for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
-          if c < 0x10000 then
-            tex.sprint(
-              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
-                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
-                            (c / 256), (c % 256)))
-          else
-            c = c - 0x10000
-            local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
-            local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
-            tex.sprint(
-              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
-                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
-                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
-                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
-                            (c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256),
-                            (c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256)))
-          end
-        end
-      end
-    }
-  \endgroup
-  \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
-  \ifnum\luatexversion>84
-    % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
-    \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
-    \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
-    \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
-    \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
-    \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
-    \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
-    \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
-    \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
-    \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
-    \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
-    \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
-    \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
-    \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
-    \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
-    \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
-    \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
-    \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
-    \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
-  \fi
-\fi
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
-\else
-  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
-  \else
-    \ifcase\pdfoutput
-    \else
-      \pdftrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-\fi
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
-% 
-% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
-% related messages.  The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
-% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do.  pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
-% do this reliably, so we use it.
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
-% which we \xdef.
-\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
-  \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
-    % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
-    % Many times it won't matter.
-    \xdef#1{#1}%
-  \else
-    % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
-    % backslashes, and other special chars.
-    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
-with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found.  (.eps cannot
-be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
-output) for that.)}
-
-\ifpdf
-  %
-  % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
-  % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
-  % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
-  % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
-  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.  We use
-  % black by default, though.
-  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
-  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
-  %
-  % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
-  % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
-  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg  #1 RG}}
-  %
-  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
-  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
-  \def\setcolor#1{%
-    \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
-    \domark
-    \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
-  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
-  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
-  \def\lastcolordefs{}
-  %
-  \def\makefootline{%
-    \baselineskip24pt
-    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\makeheadline{%
-    \vbox to 0pt{%
-      \vskip-22.5pt
-      \line{%
-        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
-        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
-        \getcolormarks
-        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
-        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
-      }%
-      \vss
-    }%
-    \nointerlineskip
-  }
-  %
-  %
-  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
-  %
-  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-    %
-    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
-    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
-    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
-    % bitmap.
-    \let\pdfimgext=\empty
-    \begingroup
-      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
-          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-                  \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
-                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
-                \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
-                \fi
-              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
-              \fi
-            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
-            \fi
-          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
-          \fi
-        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
-        \fi
-      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
-      \fi
-      \closein 1
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-      \immediate\pdfimage
-    \else
-      \immediate\pdfximage
-    \fi
-      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
-      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
-      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-         #1.\pdfimgext
-       \else
-         {#1.\pdfimgext}%
-       \fi
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
-      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
-    \fi}
-  %
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
-    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \turnoffactive
-    % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
-    \passthroughcharsfalse
-    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
-    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
-  }}
-  %
-  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
-  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-  %
-  % by default, use black for everything.
-  \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
-  \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
-  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
-  %
-  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
-  % come from Petr Olsak
-  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
-    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-  %
-  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
-  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
-  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
-  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
-  % #4 is the page number
-  %
-  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
-    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-    {
-      \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else
-        \turnoffactive % LuaTeX can use Unicode strings for PDF
-      \fi
-      \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-      \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-        \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-      \else
-        \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
-      \fi
-      %
-      % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
-      \bgroup
-        \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
-          % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
-          % strings.  See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
-          % the "PDFDocEncoding".
-          \passthroughcharstrue
-        \fi
-        \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-          % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, but the
-          % code for this isn't done yet.
-        \fi
-        \globaldefs=1
-        \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-        \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
-      \egroup
-      %
-      \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
-    }
-  }
-  %
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-    \begingroup
-      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
-      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissecnum{0}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
-	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
-      }%
-      \def\thischapnum{0}%
-      \def\thissecnum{0}%
-      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      %
-      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
-      % al. a second time, below.
-      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \readdatafile{toc}%
-      %
-      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
-      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
-      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
-      %
-      % We use the node names as the destinations.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-      %
-      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
-      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
-      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-      %
-      % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Too
-      % much work for too little return.  Just use the ASCII equivalents
-      % we use for the index sort strings.
-      % 
-      \indexnofonts
-      \setupdatafile
-      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
-      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
-      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
-      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
-      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-      \input \tocreadfilename
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
-   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
-   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
-   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
-  ]
-  %
-  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-      \advance\filenamelength by 1
-    \fi
-    \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{%
-    \filenamelength=0
-    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
-    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
-    \edef\temp{#1}%
-    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
-  }
-  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
-  \else
-    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
-  \fi
-  % make a live url in pdf output.
-  \def\pdfurl#1{%
-    \begingroup
-      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
-      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
-      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-      % people have actually reported a problem with.
-      %
-      \normalturnoffactive
-      \def\@{@}%
-      \let\/=\empty
-      \makevalueexpandable
-      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
-      % special-casing \var here?
-      \def\var##1{##1}%
-      %
-      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-    \endgroup}
-  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-  \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-    \ifx\first0\adn0
-    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-    \else
-      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-        \let\next=\maketoks
-        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \next}
-  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
-  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
-  % non-pdf mode
-  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-  \let\endlink = \relax
-  \let\setcolor = \gobble
-  \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
-  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-%
-% For XeTeX
-%
-\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-\else
-  %
-  % XeTeX version check
-  %
-  \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99995}>-1
-    % XeTeX 0.99995+ contains xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
-    % It can handle Unicode destination name for PDF.
-    \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
-  \else
-    % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination name for PDF
-    % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has UTF-16 convert issue.
-    % It fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
-    \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
-  \fi
-  %
-  % PDF outline support
-  %
-  % Emulate the primitive of pdfTeX
-  \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
-    \special{pdf:dest (name#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos]}%
-  }
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
-    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
-      \def\pdfdestname{#1}% Pass through Unicode characters.
-    \else
-      \edef\pdfdestname{#1}% Replace Unicode characters to ASCII.
-    \fi
-    \turnoffactive
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
-    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
-  }}
-  %
-  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
-      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% Pass through Unicode characters.
-    \else
-      \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% Replace Unicode characters to ASCII.
-    \fi
-    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-    \fi
-    {
-      \turnoffactive
-      \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
-      \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-      \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
-      %
-      \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
-        << /S /GoTo /D (name\pdfoutlinedest) >> >> }%
-    }
-  }
-  %
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-    \begingroup
-      %
-      % In the case of XeTeX, counts of subentries is not necesary.
-      % Therefore, read toc only once.
-      %
-      % We use the node names as the destinations.
-      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
-      %
-      \let\appentry\numchapentry%
-      \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
-      \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
-      \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
-      \let\unnchapentry\numchapentry%
-      \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
-      \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
-      \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
-      %
-      % In the case of XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
-      % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
-      %
-      \indexnofonts
-      \setupdatafile
-      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
-      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
-      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
-      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
-      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-      \input \tocreadfilename
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
-   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
-   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
-   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
-  ]
-
-  \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
-  % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
-  % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
-  % However, due to UTF-16 convert issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
-  % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' can not handle non-ASCII strings.
-  % It fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
-%
-  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-      \advance\filenamelength by 1
-    \fi
-    \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{%
-    \filenamelength=0
-    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
-    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
-    \edef\temp{#1}%
-    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
-  }
-  % make a live url in pdf output.
-  \def\pdfurl#1{%
-    \begingroup
-      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
-      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
-      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-      % people have actually reported a problem with.
-      %
-      \normalturnoffactive
-      \def\@{@}%
-      \let\/=\empty
-      \makevalueexpandable
-      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
-      % special-casing \var here?
-      \def\var##1{##1}%
-      %
-      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
-      \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
-        /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
-    \endgroup}
-  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
-  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-  \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-    \ifx\first0\adn0
-    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-    \else
-      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-        \let\next=\maketoks
-        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \next}
-  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
-      /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (name#1) >> >>}%
-    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
-  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-%
-  %
-  % @image support
-  %
-  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-  \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-    %
-    % XeTeX (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
-    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
-    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
-    % bitmap.
-    \let\xeteximgext=\empty
-    \begingroup
-      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
-          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
-                \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
-                \fi
-              \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
-              \fi
-            \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
-            \fi
-          \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
-          \fi
-        \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
-        \fi
-      \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
-      \fi
-      \closein 1
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
-    \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
-      \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
-    \else
-      \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
-      \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
-        \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
-      \else
-        \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
-    \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
-  }
-\fi
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
-% in those cases "rm" is bold.  Sigh.
-\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
-\def\baselinefactor{1}
-%
-\newdimen\textleading
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \dimen0 = #1\relax
-  \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
-% PDF CMaps.  See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
-%
-% do nothing with this by default.
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
-
-% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
-% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
-% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<23> <26> <0023>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-40 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1IT
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1IT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<25> <26> <0025>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-42 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<23> <0023>
-<24> <00A3>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1TT
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1TT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-5 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<21> <26> <0021>
-<28> <5F> <0028>
-<61> <7E> <0061>
-endbfrange
-32 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <2191>
-<0C> <2193>
-<0D> <0027>
-<0E> <00A1>
-<0F> <00BF>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<20> <2423>
-<27> <2019>
-<60> <2018>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-\fi\fi
-
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
-% Example:
-% #1 = \textrm
-% #2 = \rmshape
-% #3 = 10
-% #4 = \mainmagstep
-% #5 = OT1
-%
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
-  \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
-  \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
-}
-% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
-\let\cmap\gobble
-%
-% (end of cmaps)
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               % where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  (The default in Texinfo.)
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1095}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf
-\let\tenttsl=\defttsl \let\tensl=\defsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\chapecsize{1728}
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\sececsize{1440}
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-\def\ssececsize{1200}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-
-\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
-\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
-% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1000}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf
-\let\tensl=\defsl \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\chapecsize{1440}
-
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\def\sececsize{1200}
-
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-\def\ssececsize{1000}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-
-\divide\parskip by 2  % reduce space between paragraphs
-\textleading = 12pt   % line spacing for 10pt CM
-\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
-
-
-% We provide the user-level command
-%   @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
-%
-\def\xiword{11}
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xwordpt{10pt}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
-  \def\textsizearg{#1}%
-  %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
-  %
-  % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
-  % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-  %
- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
-  \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
-  \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
-  \else
-    \errhelp=\EMsimple
-    \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
-  \fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  We don't
-% bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used
-% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{text}%
-  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-  \def\curfontsize{title}%
-  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
-  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
-  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{17pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{small}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-
-% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-\message{markup,}
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Markup style infrastructure.  \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
-% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
-% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
-% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
-% currently in effect.
-\newif\ifmarkupvar
-\newif\ifmarkupsamp
-\newif\ifmarkupkey
-%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
-%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
-\newif\ifmarkupcode
-\newif\ifmarkupkbd
-%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
-%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
-\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
-\newif\ifmarkupexample
-\newif\ifmarkupverb
-\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
-
-\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
-
-\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
-  \csname markup#1true\endcsname
-  \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
-  \markupstylesetup
-}
-
-\let\markupstylesetup\empty
-
-\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
-    \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
-  \def#1%
-}
-
-% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
-\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
-    \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
-  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
-}
-
-\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
-    \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
-  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
-}
-
-{
-\catcode`\'=\active
-\catcode`\`=\active
-
-\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
-\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
-
-\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
-\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
-}
-
-\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
-
-% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
-% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
-% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
-% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
-% lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
-%
-\def\codequoteright{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-      '%
-    \else \char'15 \fi
-  \else \char'15 \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-%
-\def\codequoteleft{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-      % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-      % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-      \relax`%
-    \else \char'22 \fi
-  \else \char'22 \fi
-}
-
-% Commands to set the quote options.
-% 
-\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
-      = t%
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-%
-\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
-      = t%
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Font commands.
-
-% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
-% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
-% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
-\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
-  \ifusingtt 
-    {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
-    {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
-\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-
-% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
-% character) is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
-  \ifx\next,%
-  \else\ifx\next-%
-  \else\ifx\next.%
-  \else\ifx\next\.%
-  \else\ifx\next\comma%
-  \else\ptexslash
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-  \aftersmartic
-}
-
-% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic.  @var is set to this for defuns.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
-
-% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
-
-\def\aftersmartic{}
-\def\var#1{%
-  \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
-  \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
-  \smartslanted{#1}%
-}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
-% @b, explicit bold.  Also @strong.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
-    \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
-    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-% @t, explicit typewriter.
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-
-% @samp.
-\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
-
-% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
-\let\indicateurl=\samp
-
-% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
-% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
-% This is a subroutine for that.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \plainfrenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-%
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
-{
-  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-  \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq  % default definitions
-  %
-  \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
-    % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
-    \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
-    \ifallowcodebreaks
-     \let-\codedash
-     \let_\codeunder
-    \else
-     \let-\normaldash
-     \let_\realunder
-    \fi
-    % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
-    % after the hyphen.
-    \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
-    %
-    \codex
-  }
-  %
-  \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
-  \gdef\codedashfinish{%
-    \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
-    % 
-    % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
-    % (a) the next character is a -, or
-    % (b) the preceding character is a -.
-    % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
-    % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
-    \ifx\next\codedash \else
-      \ifx\codedashprev\codedash 
-      \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
-    \fi
-    % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
-    % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise.  As in @code{- a}.
-    \global\let\codedashprev= \next
-  }
-}
-\def\normaldash{-}
-%
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-\def\codeunder{%
-  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
-  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-             \else\normalunderscore \fi
-             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
-            {\_}%
-}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is bad.
-% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
-% and _ on and off.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
-    \allowcodebreakstrue
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
-    \allowcodebreaksfalse
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
-% so use \code rather than \samp.
-\let\command=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\file=\code
-\let\option=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
-% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
-% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
-% addition to) the url itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-
-% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
-% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
-\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
-
-% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
-% places within the url.  (There used to be another version, which
-% didn't support automatic breaking.)
-\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
-\let\uref=\urefbreak
-%
-\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
-\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
-  \unsepspaces
-  \pdfurl{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-  \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
-    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-      \ifpdf
-        % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
-        \ifurefurlonlylink
-          % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
-          \unhbox0             
-        \else
-          % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
-          % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
-          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
-        \fi
-      \else
-        \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
-        \else
-          % For XeTeX
-          \ifurefurlonlylink
-            % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
-            \unhbox0             
-          \else
-            % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
-            % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
-            \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
-          \fi
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
-\def\urefcatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
-  \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
-  \catcode`\/=\active
-}
-{
-  \urefcatcodes
-  %
-  \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
-    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
-    \urefcatcodes
-    \let&\urefcodeamp
-    \let.\urefcodedot
-    \let#\urefcodehash
-    \let?\urefcodequest
-    \let/\urefcodeslash
-    \codex
-  }
-  %
-  % By default, they are just regular characters.
-  \global\def&{\normalamp}
-  \global\def.{\normaldot}
-  \global\def#{\normalhash}
-  \global\def?{\normalquest}
-  \global\def/{\normalslash}
-}
-
-% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
-% line breaking of long url's.  The unequal skips make look better in
-% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
-\def\urefprestretchamount{.13em}
-\def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em}
-\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
-\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
-%
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
-{
-  \catcode`\/=\active
-  \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
-    \urefprestretch \slashChar
-    % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
-    % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
-    \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
-  }
-}
-
-% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
-% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
-% allow that.  Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
-% 
-\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
-    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
-    \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
-    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\wordafter{after}
-\def\wordbefore{before}
-\def\wordnone{none}
-
-\urefbreakstyle after
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
-  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-    \unsepspaces
-    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-    \endlink
-  \endgroup}
-\else
-  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-    \let\email=\uref
-  \else
-    \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-    \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-      \unsepspaces
-      \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-      \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-      \endlink
-    \endgroup}
-  \fi
-\fi
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct'.
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
-  \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-  \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
-  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
-}
-
-% definition of @key that produces a lozenge.  Doesn't adjust to text size.
-%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-%\font\keysy=cmsy9
-%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-%  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-%    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-%     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-%    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-%  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-
-% definition of @key with no lozenge.  If the current font is already
-% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle.  But
-% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
-%
-\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
-  \nohyphenation
-  \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
-  #1}\null}
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-    \catcode`\_=\active
-    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-  }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
-% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
-  \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
-    \tex
-    \mathunderscore
-    \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-    \mathactive
-    % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
-    \let\"=\ddot
-    \let\'=\acute
-    \let\==\bar
-    \let\^=\hat
-    \let\`=\grave
-    \let\u=\breve
-    \let\v=\check
-    \let\~=\tilde
-    \let\dotaccent=\dot
-    % have to provide another name for sup operator
-    \let\mathopsup=\sup
-  $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-  \catcode`^ = \active
-  \catcode`< = \active
-  \catcode`> = \active
-  \catcode`+ = \active
-  \catcode`' = \active
-  \gdef\mathactive{%
-    \let^ = \ptexhat
-    \let< = \ptexless
-    \let> = \ptexgtr
-    \let+ = \ptexplus
-    \let' = \ptexquoteright
-  }
-}
-
-% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
-% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
-% into text mode, with smaller fonts.  This is a different font than the
-% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
-% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
-%
-\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
-\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize #1}}$}%
-%
-\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
-\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize #1}}$}%
-
-% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
-% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
-% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
-% 
-\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
-%
-\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
-  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-}
-% 
-% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
-% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
-\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
-  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
-}
-%
-% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
-% setting catcodes prematurely.  Doing it this way means that, for
-% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
-% ignored.  But this isn't important because if people want a literal
-% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
-% well use a command to get a left brace too.  We could re-use the
-% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
-% 
-\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
-\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
-\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
-  \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-  \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
-}
-
-% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
-  \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-
-\message{glyphs,}
-% and logos.
-
-% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
-\def\@{\char64 }
-\let\atchar=\@
-
-% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
-% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
-\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
-\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
-\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
-\begingroup
-  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
-  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \ptexc
-\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \ptext
-\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
-  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
-  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
-  L\kern-.36em
-  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
-     \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
-       % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
-       % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
-       \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
-     \else
-       % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
-       \selectfonts\lllsize A%
-     \fi
-     }%
-     \vss
-  }}%
-  \kern-.15em
-  \TeX
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols.  Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
-% unless we are already there.  Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
-% but safer, and can't hurt.
-\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
-\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
-%
-\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
-\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
-\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
-\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-    \dimen0 = \wd0
-  \else
-    \dimen0 = 1.5em
-  \fi
-  \hbox to \dimen0{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \dots
-  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{%
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
-  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
-  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
-  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
-  % font installed.
-  %
-  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
-  % that to the current nominal size.
-  %
-  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
-  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-  %
-  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  %
-  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-    % bold:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-  \else
-    % regular:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
-  \fi
-  \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% Glyphs from the EC fonts.  We don't use \let for the aliases, because
-% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
-% the redefinition.
-%
-% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
-\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
-\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
-\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
-\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
-%
-\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
-\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
-\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
-\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
-\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
-\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
-\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
-\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
-%
-% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
-% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases.  We put the
-% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
-% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
-%
-% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
-% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
-% the same EC font.
-\def\ogonek#1{{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
-  \else
-    \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
-    \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
-    \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
-    \fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi
-  }%
-}
-\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
-\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
-\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
-\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
-%
-% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
-% for non-CM glyphs.  That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
-% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding).  Both are part of the ec
-% package and follow the same conventions.
-% 
-\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
-\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
-%
-\def\etcfont#1{%
-  % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
-  % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
-  % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
-  % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
-  \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
-  \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  \ifmonospace
-    % typewriter:
-    \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-  \else
-    \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-      % bold:
-      \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-    \else
-      % regular:
-      \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \thisecfont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-    }$%
-}
-
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-% Quotes.
-\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
-\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
-\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
-\chardef\quoteright=`\'
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
-% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
-\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
-  \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
-              command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
-              after the title page.}}%
-\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
-  \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
-              command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you 
-              want the contents after the title page.}}%
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
-  \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-  \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
-  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-    \finishedtitlepagetrue
-    %
-    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-    \let\oldpage = \page
-    \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \page
-      \null
-    }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	\finishtitlepage
-    \fi
-    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-    \oldpage
-  \endgroup
-  %
-  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-  \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-  \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
-% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right.  This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first.  Because
-% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold.  \par
-% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
-% 
-\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
-  \rmisbold
-  \hyphenpenalty=10000
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \tolerance=5000
-  \ptexraggedright
-}
-
-% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
-  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-  \finishedtitlepagefalse
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
-  \def\temp{\quotation}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-  \else
-    \checkenv\titlepage
-    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-    {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
-  %
-  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
-  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
-  \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-% @evenheadingmarks top     \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
-% @evenheadingmarks bottom  \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
-%
-% The same set of arguments for:
-%
-% @oddheadingmarks
-% @evenfootingmarks
-% @oddfootingmarks
-% @everyheadingmarks
-% @everyfootingmarks
-
-% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
-% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
-%
-\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
-\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
-\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
-\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
-                          \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
-                          \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
-% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
-\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
-  \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
-}
-
-\everyheadingmarks bottom
-\everyfootingmarks bottom
-
-% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off         turns them off.
-% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
-  \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
-   \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
-\HEADINGSoff  % it's the default
-
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\thisisundefined
-\def\today{%
-  \number\day\space
-  \ifcase\month
-  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
-  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
-  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
-  \fi
-  \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
-    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
-    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
-    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
-    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
-    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
-    %
-    \penalty 10001
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
-    \noindent
-    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
-    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
-    % eventually be printed.
-    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
-    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-    \unhbox0
-    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
-  \let\itemindex\gobble
-  \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
-  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
-    \endgroup
-    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
-      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
-  \else
-    \let\next\tablex
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
-  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
-  \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
-  \itemmax=\tableindent
-  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
-  \exdentamount=\tableindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \parskip = \smallskipamount
-  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \let\item = \internalBitem
-  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \itemmax=\itemindent
-  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-  \exdentamount=\itemindent
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \parskip=\smallskipamount
-  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  %
-  % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
-  % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
-  % right away at the @itemize.  It's not the best error message in the
-  % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item.  This means if
-  % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
-  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
-  %
-  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
-  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
-  %
-  \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
-  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
-  {%
-   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
-   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
-   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
-   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
-   % that's the theory.
-   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-   \noindent
-   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-   %
-   \ifinner\else
-     \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
-   \fi
-   % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
-   % @itemize looks awful there.
-  }%
-  \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item
-%   first col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   second col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   third col
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-%                                                            to baseline.
-%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
-  \global\advance\colcount by 1
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
-  \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
-  \def\firstarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
-    \let\go = \relax
-  \else
-    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
-      \global\setpercenttrue
-    \else
-      \ifsetpercent
-         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
-      \else
-         \global\advance\colcount by 1
-         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
-                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
-      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
-      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
-      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
-    \else
-      \let\go = \setuptable
-    \fi%
-  \fi
-  \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-% 
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.  Assignments
-% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
-% alignment entry.  \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
-% undo it ourselves.
-\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
-\def\headitem{%
-  \checkenv\multitable
-  \crcr
-  \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
-  \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
-  \the\everytab % for the first item
-}%
-%
-% default for tables with no headings.
-\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
-%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
-  \vskip\parskip
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
-  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
-  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
-  \def\item{\crcr}%
-  %
-  \tolerance=9500
-  \hbadness=9500
-  \setmultitablespacing
-  \parskip=\multitableparskip
-  \parindent=\multitableparindent
-  \overfullrule=0pt
-  \global\colcount=0
-  %
-  \everycr = {%
-    \noalign{%
-      \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
-      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-      %
-      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
-      \checkinserts
-      %
-      % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
-      \headitemcrhook
-      \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
-  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
-  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
-  %
-  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
-  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
-  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
-  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-  \halign\bgroup &%
-    \global\advance\colcount by 1
-    \multistrut
-    \vtop{%
-      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
-      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-      %
-      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-      % the first one.
-      %
-      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-      % to the width of each template entry.
-      %
-      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-      %
-      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-      \rightskip=0pt
-      \ifnum\colcount=1
-	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
-      \else
-	\ifsetpercent \else
-	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-	\fi
-       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-      \fi
-      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-      % For example:
-      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-      % @item @code{#}
-      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-      % marking characters.
-      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
-    }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
-  \crcr
-  \egroup % end the \halign
-  \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
-  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
-  %
-  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
-  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
-  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
-  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
-% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-% table. If not, do nothing.
-%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
-  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
-  \obeylines
-  \catcode`\@ = \other
-  \catcode`\{ = \other
-  \catcode`\} = \other
-  %
-  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \spaceisspace
-  %
-  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
-  \doignorecount = 0
-  %
-  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
-  \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
-  \obeylines %
-  %
-  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
-    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
-    %
-    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
-    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
-      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
-    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
-    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
-    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And now expand that command.
-    \doignoretext ^^M%
-  }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
-    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
-  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
-    \advance\doignorecount by 1
-    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
-    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
-  \fi
-  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
-  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
-    \let\next\enddoignore
-  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
-    \advance\doignorecount by -1
-    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-{ \obeylines%
-  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
-  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
-  % would result in a blank line in the output.
-  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{#2}%
-    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
-    \ifx\temp\empty
-      \next{}%
-    \else
-      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-  }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
-  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
-  %
-  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-    \let\value = \expandablevalue
-    % We don't want these characters active, ...
-    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-    \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
-  }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-% 
-% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value*
-% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr
-% dot accent at position 126 instead).  No fix comes to mind, and it's
-% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it.
-% 
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
-% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX).  Used when
-% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
-% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it 
-% will be set by the time it is read back in.
-%
-% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
-\def\dummyvalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    \noexpand\value{#1}%
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
-% if possible, otherwise sort late.
-\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    ZZZZZZZ
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-% 
-% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
-% \makecond and then redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
-% without the @) is in fact defined.  We can only feasibly check at the
-% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
-% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
-% 
-\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
-\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
-%
-\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
-
-% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
-\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
-\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
-  \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
-\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
-
-% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
-% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
-\set txicommandconditionals
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
-% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
-% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
-% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is IX.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
-  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
-    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
-  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-% The default indices:
-\newindex{cp}%      concepts,
-\newcodeindex{fn}%  functions,
-\newcodeindex{vr}%  variables,
-\newcodeindex{tp}%  types,
-\newcodeindex{ky}%  keys
-\newcodeindex{pg}%  and programs.
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-  % closing the target index.
-  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
-    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-  \fi
-  % redefine \fooindfile:
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-  % redefine \fooindex:
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
-\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
-\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-
-% Used when writing an index entry out to an index file to prevent
-% expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
-  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
-  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-  %
-  % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
-  % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text.  Also, more
-  % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-  % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.  Perhaps we
-  % should use @lbracechar and @rbracechar?
-  \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
-  \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \definedummies
-}
-
-% Used for the aux and toc files, where @ is the escape character.
-%
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
-  \def\@{@@}%
-  \def\ {@ }%
-  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \definedummies
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-% preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control words,
-% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-% from whatever follows.
-%
-% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-% those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-%
-% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-% space.
-%
-\def\definedummyword  #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
-\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
-\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies, to effectively prevent
-% the expansion of commands.
-%
-\def\definedummies{%
-  %
-  \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
-  \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
-  \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  \definedummyletter\_%
-  \definedummyletter\-%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \definedummyword\AA
-  \definedummyword\AE
-  \definedummyword\DH
-  \definedummyword\L
-  \definedummyword\O
-  \definedummyword\OE
-  \definedummyword\TH
-  \definedummyword\aa
-  \definedummyword\ae
-  \definedummyword\dh
-  \definedummyword\exclamdown
-  \definedummyword\l
-  \definedummyword\o
-  \definedummyword\oe
-  \definedummyword\ordf
-  \definedummyword\ordm
-  \definedummyword\questiondown
-  \definedummyword\ss
-  \definedummyword\th
-  %
-  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-  \definedummyword\bf
-  \definedummyword\gtr
-  \definedummyword\hat
-  \definedummyword\less
-  \definedummyword\sf
-  \definedummyword\sl
-  \definedummyword\tclose
-  \definedummyword\tt
-  %
-  \definedummyword\LaTeX
-  \definedummyword\TeX
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  \definedummyword\arrow
-  \definedummyword\bullet
-  \definedummyword\comma
-  \definedummyword\copyright
-  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
-  \definedummyword\dots
-  \definedummyword\enddots
-  \definedummyword\entrybreak
-  \definedummyword\equiv
-  \definedummyword\error
-  \definedummyword\euro
-  \definedummyword\expansion
-  \definedummyword\geq
-  \definedummyword\guillemetleft
-  \definedummyword\guillemetright
-  \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
-  \definedummyword\guilsinglright
-  \definedummyword\lbracechar
-  \definedummyword\leq
-  \definedummyword\mathopsup
-  \definedummyword\minus
-  \definedummyword\ogonek
-  \definedummyword\pounds
-  \definedummyword\point
-  \definedummyword\print
-  \definedummyword\quotedblbase
-  \definedummyword\quotedblleft
-  \definedummyword\quotedblright
-  \definedummyword\quoteleft
-  \definedummyword\quoteright
-  \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
-  \definedummyword\rbracechar
-  \definedummyword\result
-  \definedummyword\sub
-  \definedummyword\sup
-  \definedummyword\textdegree
-  %
-  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
-  \macrolist
-  \let\value\dummyvalue
-  %
-  \normalturnoffactive
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
-% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
-% using.  Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
-  % Control letters and accents.
-  \commondummyletter\!%
-  \commondummyaccent\"%
-  \commondummyaccent\'%
-  \commondummyletter\*%
-  \commondummyaccent\,%
-  \commondummyletter\.%
-  \commondummyletter\/%
-  \commondummyletter\:%
-  \commondummyaccent\=%
-  \commondummyletter\?%
-  \commondummyaccent\^%
-  \commondummyaccent\`%
-  \commondummyaccent\~%
-  \commondummyword\u
-  \commondummyword\v
-  \commondummyword\H
-  \commondummyword\dotaccent
-  \commondummyword\ogonek
-  \commondummyword\ringaccent
-  \commondummyword\tieaccent
-  \commondummyword\ubaraccent
-  \commondummyword\udotaccent
-  \commondummyword\dotless
-  %
-  % Texinfo font commands.
-  \commondummyword\b
-  \commondummyword\i
-  \commondummyword\r
-  \commondummyword\sansserif
-  \commondummyword\sc
-  \commondummyword\slanted
-  \commondummyword\t
-  %
-  % Commands that take arguments.
-  \commondummyword\abbr
-  \commondummyword\acronym
-  \commondummyword\anchor
-  \commondummyword\cite
-  \commondummyword\code
-  \commondummyword\command
-  \commondummyword\dfn
-  \commondummyword\dmn
-  \commondummyword\email
-  \commondummyword\emph
-  \commondummyword\env
-  \commondummyword\file
-  \commondummyword\image
-  \commondummyword\indicateurl
-  \commondummyword\inforef
-  \commondummyword\kbd
-  \commondummyword\key
-  \commondummyword\math
-  \commondummyword\option
-  \commondummyword\pxref
-  \commondummyword\ref
-  \commondummyword\samp
-  \commondummyword\strong
-  \commondummyword\tie
-  \commondummyword\U
-  \commondummyword\uref
-  \commondummyword\url
-  \commondummyword\var
-  \commondummyword\verb
-  \commondummyword\w
-  \commondummyword\xref
-}
-
-% For testing: output @{ and @} in index sort strings as \{ and \}.
-\newif\ifusebracesinindexes
-
-\let\indexlbrace\relax
-\let\indexrbrace\relax
-
-{\catcode`\@=0
-\catcode`\\=13
-  @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
-}
-
-{
-\catcode`\<=13
-\catcode`\-=13
-\catcode`\`=13
-  \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
-      % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
-      % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
-      \let`=\empty
-    \fi
-    %
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
-      \backslashdisappear
-    \fi
-    %
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
-      \def-{}%
-    \fi
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
-      \def<{}%
-    \fi
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
-      \def\@{}%
-    \fi
-  }
-
-  \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
-    \useindexbackslash
-    \let-\normaldash
-    \let<\normalless
-    \def\@{@}%
-  }
-}
-
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-  % Accent commands should become @asis.
-  \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
-  % We can just ignore other control letters.
-  \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
-  % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
-  \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-  %\let\tt=\asis
-  %
-  \def\ { }%
-  \def\@{@}%
-  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
-  \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
-  %
-  \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
-  \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
-  \let\lbracechar\{%
-  \let\rbracechar\}%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \def\AA{AA}%
-  \def\AE{AE}%
-  \def\DH{DZZ}%
-  \def\L{L}%
-  \def\OE{OE}%
-  \def\O{O}%
-  \def\TH{TH}%
-  \def\aa{aa}%
-  \def\ae{ae}%
-  \def\dh{dzz}%
-  \def\exclamdown{!}%
-  \def\l{l}%
-  \def\oe{oe}%
-  \def\ordf{a}%
-  \def\ordm{o}%
-  \def\o{o}%
-  \def\questiondown{?}%
-  \def\ss{ss}%
-  \def\th{th}%
-  %
-  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
-  \def\TeX{TeX}%
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-  \def\arrow{->}%
-  \def\bullet{bullet}%
-  \def\comma{,}%
-  \def\copyright{copyright}%
-  \def\dots{...}%
-  \def\enddots{...}%
-  \def\equiv{==}%
-  \def\error{error}%
-  \def\euro{euro}%
-  \def\expansion{==>}%
-  \def\geq{>=}%
-  \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
-  \def\guillemetright{>>}%
-  \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
-  \def\guilsinglright{>}%
-  \def\leq{<=}%
-  \def\minus{-}%
-  \def\point{.}%
-  \def\pounds{pounds}%
-  \def\print{-|}%
-  \def\quotedblbase{"}%
-  \def\quotedblleft{"}%
-  \def\quotedblright{"}%
-  \def\quoteleft{`}%
-  \def\quoteright{'}%
-  \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
-  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-  \def\result{=>}%
-  \def\textdegree{o}%
-  %
-  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
-  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
-  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
-  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
-  % that starts with \.
-  %
-  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
-  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-  %
-  \macrolist
-  \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
-}
-
-
-
-
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-% TODO: Two-level index?  Operation index?
-
-% Workhorse for all indexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-  \iflinks
-  {%
-    \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
-    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-    \toks0 = {#2}%
-    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-    %
-    \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
-  }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
-\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
-\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
-  \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \edef\suffix{#1}%
-  % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
-  % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
-  \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
-  % Open the file
-  \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
-  % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current 
-  % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
-  % preceding skips.
-  \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
-\fi}
-\def\indexisfl{fl}
-
-% Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in
-% the index files.
-\let\indexbackslash=\relax
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
-  @gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}}
-}
-
-% Definition for writing index entry text.
-\def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}%
-
-% Definition for writing index entry sort key.  Should occur at the at
-% the beginning of the index entry, like
-%     @cindex @sortas{september} \september
-% The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way
-% to remove space before it.
-{
-\catcode`\-=13
-\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
-  \begingroup
-  \indexnonalnumreappear
-  \indexwritesortasxxx}
-\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
-  \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
-}
-
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file.
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
-  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Remember, we are within a group.
-  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-  \useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output 
-                     % as is; and it will print as backslash.
-  % The braces around \indexbrace are recognized by texindex.
-  %
-  % Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all
-  % font commands turned off.
-  {\indexnofonts
-   \def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}%
-   \def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}%
-   \let\{=\lbracechar
-   \let\}=\rbracechar
-   \indexnonalnumdisappear
-   \xdef\indexsortkey{}%
-   \let\sortas=\indexwritesortas
-   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}%
-   \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas
-   \ifx\indexsortkey\empty
-     \xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}%
-     \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
-   \fi
-  }%
-  %
-  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-  % sorted result.
-  \edef\temp{%
-    \write\writeto{%
-      \string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-  }%
-  \temp
-}
-\newbox\dummybox % used above
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that
-% sequences like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-\newskip\whatsitskip
-\newcount\whatsitpenalty
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
-  #1%
- \else
-  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-  \whatsitskip = \lastskip
-  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-  \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
-  %
-  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-  % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-  \else
-    \vskip-\whatsitskip
-  \fi
-  %
-  #1%
-  %
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
-    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
-    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
-    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
-    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
-    %   @vindex index-whatever
-    %   Description.
-    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-    % and the "Description." paragraph.
-    \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
-  \else
-    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-    \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
-  \fi
-\fi}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-%  \initial {c}
-%     before the first topic whose initial is c
-%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
-%  \primary {topic}
-%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-%     for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
-  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  \tolerance = 9500
-  \plainfrenchspacing
-  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
-  % \initial {@}
-  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
-  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-  \catcode`\@ = 11
-  % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
-  \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
-  \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
-  \ifeof 1
-    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-    % there is some text.
-    \putwordIndexNonexistent
-    \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
-  \else
-    \catcode`\\ = 0
-    %
-    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \thisline
-    \ifeof 1
-      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
-    \else
-      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-      % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}%
-      \let\indexlbrace\{   % Likewise, set these sequences for braces
-      \let\indexrbrace\}   % used in the sort key.
-      \begindoublecolumns
-      \let\entryorphanpenalty=\indexorphanpenalty
-      %
-      % Read input from the index file line by line.
-      \loopdo
-        \ifeof1
-          \let\firsttoken\relax
-        \else
-          \read 1 to \nextline
-          \edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}%
-          \act
-        \fi
-        \thisline
-        %
-        \ifeof1\else
-        \let\thisline\nextline
-      \repeat
-      %%
-      \enddoublecolumns
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken}
-\long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1}
-
-\def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx}
-\def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
-\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
-\catcode`\$=3
-\gdef\initialglyphs{%
-  % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters.  Using the glyphs from the
-  % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
-  % for these characters.
-  \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
-  \let\\=\indexbackslash
-  %
-  % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
-  \catcode`\/=13
-  \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
-  \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
-  \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
-  \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
-  \def\_{%
-     \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
-  \def|{$\vert$}%
-  \def<{$\less$}%
-  \def>{$\gtr$}%
-  \def+{$\normalplus$}%
-}}
-
-\def\initial{%
-  \bgroup
-  \initialglyphs
-  \initialx
-}
-
-\def\initialx#1{%
-  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
-  \removelastskip
-  %
-  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-  % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
-  % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
-  \penalty -300 
-  \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
-  %
-  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
-  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
-  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
-  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
-  %
-  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
-  \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
-  % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
-  % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
-  % \leftline creates.
-  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-  \egroup % \initialglyphs
-}
-
-\newdimen\entryrightmargin
-\entryrightmargin=0pt
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry{%
-  \begingroup
-    %
-    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-    % affect previous text.
-    \par
-    %
-    % No extra space above this paragraph.
-    \parskip = 0in
-    %
-    % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
-    % from @* into spaces.  The user might give these in long section
-    % titles, for instance.
-    \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-    \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
-    %
-    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-    % columns.
-    \vskip 0pt plus0.5pt
-    %
-    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-    \afterassignment\doentry
-    \let\temp =
-}
-\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-\def\doentry{%
-    % Save the text of the entry
-    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
-    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-      \noindent
-      \aftergroup\finishentry
-      % And now comes the text of the entry.
-      % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
-      % with catcodes occurring.
-}
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\finishentry#1{%
-    \egroup % end box A
-    \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
-    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA
-    % #1 is the page number.
-    %
-    % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
-    % leaders if they are present.
-    \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
-    \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
-      \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
-    \else
-      %
-      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-      %
-      \ifpdf
-        \pdfgettoks#1.%
-        \bgroup\let\domark\relax
-          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
-        \egroup
-        % The redefinion of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to 
-        % preserve coloured links across page boundaries.  Otherwise the marks
-        % would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertindexentrybox.
-      \else
-        \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
-        \else
-          \pdfgettoks#1.%
-          \bgroup\let\domark\relax
-            \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
-          \egroup
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \egroup % end \boxA
-    \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
-      \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}%
-    \else
-    \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox\bgroup
-      \prevdepth=\entrylinedepth
-      \noindent
-      % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
-      % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
-      %
-      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
-      \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
-      \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-      % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
-      % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
-      \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
-      %
-      \hangindent=1em
-      %
-      \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
-      % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
-      % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H  GNU Free Documentation License" to
-      % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
-      \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
-        \dimen@i=2.1em
-      \else
-        \dimen@i=0em
-      \fi
-      \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
-      %
-      \dimen@ii = \hsize
-      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
-      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
-      \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
-      \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
-      \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii   % due to long index text
-        \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ % Try to split the text roughly evenly
-        \dimen@ii = \hsize
-        \advance \dimen@ii by -1em
-        \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
-          % If the entry is too long, use the whole line
-          \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
-        \fi
-        \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
-        \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
-        \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 1em \dimen@ii
-        % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, but
-        % TeX doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
-      \fi\fi
-      \unhbox\boxA
-      %
-      % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-      \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-      %
-      % Word spacing - no stretch
-      \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
-      %
-      \linepenalty=1000  % Discourage line breaks.
-      \hyphenpenalty=5000  % Discourage hyphenation.
-      %
-      \par % format the paragraph
-    \egroup % The \vbox
-    \fi
-  \endgroup
-  % delay text of entry until after penalty
-  \bgroup\aftergroup\insertindexentrybox
-  \entryorphanpenalty
-}}
-
-\newskip\thinshrinkable
-\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
-
-\newbox\entryindexbox
-\def\insertindexentrybox{%
-  \copy\entryindexbox
-  % The following gets the depth of the last box.  This is for even
-  % line spacing when entries span several lines.
-  \setbox\dummybox\vbox{%
-    \unvbox\entryindexbox
-    \nointerlineskip
-    \lastbox
-    \global\entrylinedepth=\prevdepth
-  }%
-  % Note that we couldn't simply \unvbox\entryindexbox followed by 
-  % \nointerlineskip\lastbox to remove the last box and then reinstate it, 
-  % because this resets how far the box has been \moveleft'ed to 0.  \unvbox
-  % doesn't affect \prevdepth either.
-}
-\newdimen\entrylinedepth
-
-% Default is no penalty
-\let\entryorphanpenalty\egroup
-
-% Used from \printindex.  \firsttoken should be the first token
-% after the \entry.  If it's not another \entry, we are at the last
-% line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage
-% orphaned index entries.
-\long\def\indexorphanpenalty{%
-  \def\isentry{\entry}%
-  \ifx\firsttoken\isentry
-  \else
-    \unskip\penalty 9000
-    % The \unskip here stops breaking before the glue.  It relies on the
-    % \vskip above being there, otherwise there is an error
-    % "You can't use `\unskip' in vertical mode".  There has to be glue
-    % in the current vertical list that hasn't been added to the
-    % "current page".  See Chapter 24 of the TeXbook.  This contradicts
-    % Section 8.3.7 in "TeX by Topic," though.
-  \fi
-  \egroup % now comes the box added with \aftergroup
-}
-
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
-% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
-% the page number to the right.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
-
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-  \parfillskip=0in
-  \parskip=0in
-  \hangindent=1in
-  \hangafter=1
-  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-  \else
-    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-      #2
-    \else
-      \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11  % private names
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-\newdimen\doublecolumntopgap
-\doublecolumntopgap = 0pt
-
-% Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark
-\def\savemarks{%
-  \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }%
-  \global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }%
-}
-\newtoks\savedtopmark
-\newtoks\savedfirstmark
-
-% Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs.
-% Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material
-% added while an output routine is active, including 
-% penalties, is saved for after it finishes).  The page so far
-% should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away.
-\def\restoremarks{%
-  \mark{\the\savedtopmark}%
-  \bgroup\output = {%
-    \setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE
-  }abc\eject\egroup
-  % "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page.
-  \mark{\the\savedfirstmark}%
-}
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
-  % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
-  \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
-  %
-  % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {%
-    %
-    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
-    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
-    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
-    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
-    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
-    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
-    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
-    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
-      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
-      % Unvbox the main output page.
-      \unvbox\PAGE
-      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
-    }%
-    \savemarks
-  }%
-  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
-  \restoremarks
-  %
-  % We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order
-  % to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading,
-  % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output.
-  %
-  %
-  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
-  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
-  %
-  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
-  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
-  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
-  %
-  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
-  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
-  %
-  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-  % been clobbered.
-  %
-  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \global\doublecolumntopgap = \topskip
-  \global\advance\doublecolumntopgap by -1\baselineskip
-  \advance\vsize by -1\doublecolumntopgap
-  \vsize = 2\vsize
-  \topskip=0pt
-  \global\entrylinedepth=0pt\relax
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
-  %
-  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
-  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
-  % previous page.
-  \dimen@ = \vsize
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2
-  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
-  %
-  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
-  \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255
-  \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
-  \unvbox\partialpage
-  %
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-  \vbox{%
-    \vskip\doublecolumntopgap
-    \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}%
-}
-
-
-% Finished with with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
-  % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
-  % _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
-  % following situation:
-  %
-  % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
-  % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
-  % break occurs before the last section starts.  However, the last
-  % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
-  % fit on the page and has to be broken off.  Without the following
-  % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
-  % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
-  % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
-  % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
-  % is wrong:  The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
-  % the broken-off section in the recent contributions.  As soon as
-  % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
-  % break.  The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
-  % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
-  % goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
-  % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
-  % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
-  % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
-  % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
-  %
-  % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
-  % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
-  \penalty0
-  %
-  \output = {%
-    % Split the last of the double-column material.
-    \savemarks
-    \balancecolumns
-    %
-    % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
-    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-    % definition right away.
-    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
-  }%
-  \eject
-  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
-  \restoremarks
-  % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
-  % page break.
-  \box\balancedcolumns
-  %
-  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
-  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
-  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-  \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-\newbox\balancedcolumns
-\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
-%
-% Only called for the last of the double column material.  \doublecolumnout 
-% does the others.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
-  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
-  \dimen@ = \ht0
-  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
-  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \ifdim\dimen@<14\baselineskip
-    % Don't split a short final column in two.
-    \setbox2=\vbox{}%
-  \else
-    \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-    \dimen@ii = \dimen@
-    \splittopskip = \topskip
-    % Loop until the second column is no higher than the first
-    {%
-      \vbadness = 10000
-      \loop
-        \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-        \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-        % Remove glue from bottom of first column to
-        % make sure it is higher than the second.
-        \global\setbox1 = \vbox{\unvbox1\unpenalty\unskip}%
-      \ifdim\ht3>\ht1
-        \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-      \repeat
-    }%
-    \multiply\dimen@ii by 4
-    \divide\dimen@ii by 5
-    \ifdim\ht3<\dimen@ii
-      % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
-      % flush with each other.  The glue at the end of the second column
-      % allows a second column to stretch, reducing the difference in
-      % height between the two.
-      \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1\vfill}%
-      \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3\vskip 0pt plus 0.3\ht0}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-      \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% Let's start with @part.
-\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
-\def\partzzz#1{%
-  \chapoddpage
-  \null
-  \vskip.3\vsize  % move it down on the page a bit
-  \begingroup
-    \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
-    \let\lastnode=\empty      % no node to associate with
-    \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
-    \headingsoff              % no headline or footline on the part page
-    % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
-    % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
-    \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
-    \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-    \chapoddpage
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron.  But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno        \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
-  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
-  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
-  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
-  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
-  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
-  \else\char\the\appendixno
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
-% and name of the chapter.  Page headings and footings can use
-% these.  @section does likewise.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thischapternum{}
-\def\thischaptername{}
-\def\thissection{}
-\def\thissectionnum{}
-\def\thissectionname{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
-  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
-  \absseclevel=#2
-  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
-  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
-  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
-    \absseclevel = 0
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
-      \absseclevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % The heading type:
-  \def\headtype{#1}%
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
-      \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Check for appendix sections:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
-      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
-    \else
-      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
-	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
-      \fi\fi
-    \fi
-    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
-      \def\headtype{U}%
-    \else
-      \chardef\unnlevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % Now print the heading:
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifcase\absseclevel
-	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \if \headtype A%
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
-      \or \seczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
-  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
-  % as an @include file.
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\chapno by 1
-  %
-  % Used for \float.
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
-  \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % Write the actual heading.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
-  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
-%
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
-  \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-  %
-  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-  % to be executed, not expanded).
-  %
-  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
-  % the toc entries.)
-  \toks0 = {#1}%
-  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
-  \unnmhead0{#1}%
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-% 
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-% 
-% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-% 
-% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
-                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-\def\majorheading{%
-  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
-  \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-
-% Start a new page
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
-% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
-% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
-% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
-\def\chapoddpage{%
-  \chappager
-  \ifodd\pageno \else
-    \begingroup
-      \headingsoff
-      \null
-      \chappager
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-% Not used for @heading series.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
-    \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
-  \fi
-  % FIXME: \chapmacro is currently called from inside \titlepage when
-  % \setcontentsaftertitlepage to print the "Table of Contents" heading, but
-  % this should probably be done by \sectionheading with an option to print
-  % in chapter size.
-  %
-  % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-  \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-                        \gdef\thissection{}}%
-  %
-  \def\temptype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-                          \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
-  \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-                          \gdef\thischapter{}}%
-  \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-      % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
-      % commands in some of the translations.
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
-                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
-                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    }%
-  \else
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-      % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
-      % commands in some of the translations.
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
-                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
-                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    }%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-  %
-  % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-  % the preceding space.
-  \safewhatsit\domark
-  %
-  % Insert the chapter heading break.
-  \pchapsepmacro
-  %
-  % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-  % between here and the heading.
-  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-  \domark
-  %
-  {%
-    \chapfonts \rmisbold
-    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
-    %
-    % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
-    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
-    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-    \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    %
-    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{numchap}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
-    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-    %
-    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-    \donoderef{#2}%
-    %
-    % Typeset the actual heading.
-    \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
-    \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
-          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
-  }%
-  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
-  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-  \leftskip = \rightskip
-  \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text of the title,
-% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
-% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
-% #4 is the section number.
-%
-\def\seckeyword{sec}
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
-  {%
-    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
-    \def\temptype{#3}%
-    %
-    % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
-    % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
-    % dubious), but not the others.
-    \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
-      \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
-    \fi
-    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
-    %
-    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
-    %
-    % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-                              \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
-      \fi
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % Don't redefine \thissection.
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \toks0={#1}%
-        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
-          % commands in some of the translations.
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-        }%
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \toks0={#1}%
-        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
-          % commands in some of the translations.
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-        }%
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Go into vertical mode.  Usually we'll already be there, but we
-    % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
-    % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
-    \par
-    %
-    % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-    % the preceding space.
-    \safewhatsit\domark
-    %
-    % Insert space above the heading.
-    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-    %
-    % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-    % between here and the heading.
-    \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-    \domark
-    %
-    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unn}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-      % and don't redefine \lastsection.
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{num}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-    %
-    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
-    \donoderef{#3}%
-    %
-    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
-    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
-    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
-    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
-    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
-    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
-    \nobreak
-    %
-    % Output the actual section heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
-          \unhbox0 #1}%
-  }%
-  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
-  % Don't allow stretch, though.
-  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-  %
-  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-  % was followed by glue.
-  \nobreak
-  %
-  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-  % discardable item.)  However, when a paragraph is not started next
-  % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
-  % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
-  % obscuring the section heading with something else.
-  \vskip-\parskip
-  %
-  % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
-  % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
-  % and do the needful.
-  \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
-  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-    \iftocfileopened\else
-      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-    \fi
-    %
-    \iflinks
-      {\atdummies
-       \edef\temp{%
-         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-       \temp
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
-  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-  % `1', and two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf
-    \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
-  \else
-    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-    \else
-      \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\"=\active
-  \catcode`\$=\active
-  \catcode`\<=\active
-  \catcode`\>=\active
-  \catcode`\\=\active
-  \catcode`\^=\active
-  \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\|=\active
-  \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
-  \setupdatafile
-  \activecatcodes
-  \input \tocreadfilename
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
-  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
-  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
-  \contentsalignmacro
-  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-  %
-  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-  %
-  \savepageno = \pageno
-  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-    \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-    %
-    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-% redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
-% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
-%
-\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-%
-\def\contents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \pdfmakeoutlines
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-    %
-    \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
-    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
-    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-    \secfonts
-    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-    \rm
-    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
-    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % But use \hss just in case.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-  %
-  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
-  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-  % there are before deciding ...
-  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Parts, in the main contents.  Replace the part number, which doesn't
-% exist, with an empty box.  Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
-% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
-\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
-%
-% Parts, in the short toc.
-\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \penalty-300
-  \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
-  \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
-}
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
-  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
-  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
-   \begingroup
-     % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
-     \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
-     \chapentryfonts
-     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-   \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
-  \setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
-  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
-  \catcode `\%=14
-  \catcode `\+=\other
-  \catcode `\"=\other
-  \catcode `\|=\other
-  \catcode `\<=\other
-  \catcode `\>=\other
-  \catcode `\`=\other
-  \catcode `\'=\other
-  %
-  % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000).  So reset it, and all our
-  % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
-  \mathactive
-  %
-  % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
-  \let\b=\ptexb
-  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-  \let\c=\ptexc
-  \let\,=\ptexcomma
-  \let\.=\ptexdot
-  \let\dots=\ptexdots
-  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
-  \let\!=\ptexexclam
-  \let\i=\ptexi
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
-  \let\+=\tabalign
-  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-  \let\/=\ptexslash
-  \let\sp=\ptexsp
-  \let\*=\ptexstar
-  %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
-  \let\t=\ptext
-  \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % we've made it outer
-  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
-  %
-  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-  \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
-  % \sectionheading, q.v.
-  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-    \endgraf
-    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-      \removelastskip
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-        % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
-        % often leads into it.
-        \penalty100
-      \fi
-      \vskip\envskipamount
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}}
-
-\def\afterenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
-  % \sectionheading, q.v.
-  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-    \endgraf
-    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-      \removelastskip
-      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-      % or better ...
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-      \vskip\envskipamount
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}}
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
-  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-  \startsavinginserts
-  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
-  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-  \cartouter=\hsize
-  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
-				% side, and for 6pt waste from
-				% each corner char, and rule thickness
-  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-  %
-  % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
-  % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
-  % collide with the section heading.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
-  %
-  \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
-      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-      \carttop
-      \hbox\bgroup
-	  \hskip\lskip
-	  \vrule\kern3pt
-	  \vbox\bgroup
-	      \kern3pt
-	      \hsize=\cartinner
-	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
-	      \lineskip=\normlskip
-	      \parskip=\normpskip
-	      \vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
-              \ifhmode\par\fi
-	      \kern3pt
-	  \egroup
-	  \kern3pt\vrule
-	  \hskip\rskip
-      \egroup
-      \cartbot
-  \egroup
-  \addgroupbox
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\newdimen\nonfillparindent
-\def\nonfillstart{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
-  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-  \parskip = 0pt
-  % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
-  % the normal \indent.
-  \nonfillparindent=\parindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \let\indent\nonfillindent
-  %
-  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\obeyspaces
-% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
-% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
-% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
-% @indent.
-\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
-\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
-\ifx\temp %
-\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
-\else%
-\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
-\fi%
-}%
-\endgroup
-\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
-\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-    % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
-    % line.  This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
-    % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
-    % to change the fonts afterward.
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-  \else
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it in one command.  #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
-\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
-\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
-  \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
-  \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
-}
-%
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
-% @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
-  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble % eat return
-}
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{display}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{format}{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
-% justification.  From plain.tex.  Don't stretch around special
-% characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right
-% should be enough.
-\envdef\raggedright{%
-  \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
-  \def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}%
-  \def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}%
-}
-\let\Eraggedright\par
-
-\envdef\raggedleft{%
-  \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
-  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
-  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
-                  % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedleft\par
-
-\envdef\raggedcenter{%
-  \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
-  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
-  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
-                  % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedcenter\par
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
-%
-\def\quotationstart{%
-  \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-  \fi
-  \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
-  \par
-  \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
-    % indent a bit.
-    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-  \fi
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    {\bf #1: }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
-% has no optional argument.
-% 
-\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
-%
-\def\indentedblockstart{%
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \parindent=0pt
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Eindentedblock{%
-  \par
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
-  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-  % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
-  % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
-  % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
-  %\do\`\do\'%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
-  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-  \setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
-  \tabeightspaces
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion.
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
-% tabs.  The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
-% or some other command that starts with a begin-group.  Otherwise, the
-% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
-% it is typeset.  Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
-% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
-\newbox\verbbox
-\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabexpand{%
-    \catcode`\^^I=\active
-    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-      \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-      \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
-      \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-      \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-      \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
-    }%
-  }
-\endgroup
-
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines.  Otherwise, we would
-  % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
-  \tabexpand
-  \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count.
-  % Must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\ =\active
-  \obeylines %
-  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
-  % line in the output.
-  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
-    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \setupverbatim
-    \indexnofonts       % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
-    \input #1
-    \afterenvbreak
-  }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
-    \scanexp\copyingtext
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-\newcount\defunpenalty
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-    \medbreak
-    \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
-                        % following @def command, see below.
-  \else
-    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
-    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
-    % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
-    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
-    %
-    % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
-    % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
-    % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
-    % @def command.
-    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-    %
-    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
-    % But do insert the glue.
-    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
-  \fi
-  %
-  \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
-  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
-  \checkenv#1%
-  %
-  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
-  % It's not a great place, though.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-  %
-  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
-  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
-  \begingroup
-    % call \deffnheader:
-    #1#2 \endheader
-    % common ending:
-    \interlinepenalty = 10000
-    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
-    \endgraf
-    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-    \penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
-    \checkparencounts
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
-    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
-  \envdef#1{%
-    \startdefun
-    \doingtypefnfalse    % distinguish typed functions from all else
-    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
-  }%
-  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
-  \def#3%
-}
-
-\newif\ifdoingtypefn       % doing typed function?
-\newif\ifrettypeownline    % typeset return type on its own line?
-
-% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
-% are printed on their own line.  This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
-% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
-% 
-\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
-      = \empty
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
-                must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
-  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \doingtypefntrue
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-% Types:
-
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
-  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
-  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
-  \par
-  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  %
-  % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
-  % on a line by itself.
-  \rettypeownlinefalse
-  \ifdoingtypefn  % doing a typed function specifically?
-    % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
-      \rettypeownlinetrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % How we'll format the category name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-  % just below it.
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-  %
-  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.  We'll always have at
-  % least two.
-  \tempnum = 2
-  %
-  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
-  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
-  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-  %
-  % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
-  \ifrettypeownline
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
-  \else
-    \def\maybeshapeline{}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % The continuations:
-  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-  %
-  % The final paragraph shape:
-  \parshape \tempnum  0in \dimen0  \maybeshapeline  \defargsindent \dimen2
-  %
-  % Put the category name at the right margin.
-  \noindent
-  \hbox to 0pt{%
-    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
-    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
-    \kern\leftskip
-    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
-  }%
-  %
-  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  {%
-    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
-    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
-    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
-    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
-    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
-    \df \tt
-    \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
-    \ifx\temp\empty\else
-      \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
-      \ifrettypeownline
-        % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
-        \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break  
-      \else
-        \space  % type on same line, so just followed by a space
-      \fi
-    \fi           % no return type
-    #3% output function name
-  }%
-  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-  %
-  \boldbrax
-  % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
-  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
-  % tt for the names.
-  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-  %
-  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-  % want a way to get ttsl.  We used to recommend @var for that, so
-  % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
-  % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
-  % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny.  @code also disables ?` !`.
-  \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
-  #1%
-  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-  \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
-  \activeparens
-  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-  \global\let& = \&
-
-  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
-  \ifampseen
-    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
-    % otherwise use the default font.
-    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-  \else
-    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-    \sf
-  \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-  \ifampseen
-    \ifnum\parencount=1
-      #1%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
-  \global\advance\parencount by 1
-  {\parenfont(}%
-  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
-  {\parenfont)}%
-  \infirstlevel \sl
-  \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
-  {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
-  {\bf]}%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
-  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
-% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
-\def\badparencount{%
-  \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
-  \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
-  \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
-  \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
-  \newwrite\macscribble
-  \def\scantokens#1{%
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-    \input \jobname.tmp
-  }
-\fi
-
-\let\aftermacroxxx\relax
-\def\aftermacro{\aftermacroxxx}
-
-% alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math
-\let\texinfoc=\c
-
-\newcount\savedcatcodeone
-\newcount\savedcatcodetwo
-
-% Used at the time of macro expansion.
-% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-  \newlinechar`\^^M
-  \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
-  %
-  % Temporarily undo catcode changes of \printindex.  Set catcode of @ to
-  % 0 so that @-commands in macro expansions aren't printed literally when 
-  % formatting an index file, where \ is used as the escape character.
-  \savedcatcodeone=\catcode`\@
-  \savedcatcodetwo=\catcode`\\
-  \catcode`\@=0
-  \catcode`\\=\active
-  %
-  % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
-  \scantokens{#1@texinfoc}\aftermacro%
-  %
-  \catcode`\@=\savedcatcodeone
-  \catcode`\\=\savedcatcodetwo
-  %
-  % The \texinfoc is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
-  % can be noticed by \parsearg.
-  %   The \aftermacro allows a \comment at the end of the macro definition
-  % to duplicate itself past the final \newlinechar added by \scantokens:
-  % this is used in the definition of \group to comment out a newline.  We
-  % don't do the same for \c to support Texinfo files with macros that ended
-  % with a @c, which should no longer be necessary.
-  %   We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup
-  % to allow macros to open or close groups themselves.
-}
-
-% Used for copying and captions
-\def\scanexp#1{%
-  \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
-     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\let
-  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
-  \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
-% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
-%
-% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
-% them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
-% confine the change to the current group.
-%
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-%
-\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \passthroughcharstrue
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\ =\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\{=\other
-  \catcode`\}=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-% Used when scanning braced macro arguments.  Note, however, that catcode
-% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
-% an argument to another Texinfo command.
-\def\macroargctxt{%
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\ =\active
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \catcode`\\=\active
-}
-
-\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\{=\other
-  \catcode`\}=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-%
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
-  \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
-  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
-     \paramno=0\relax
-  \else
-     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
-     \if\paramno>256\relax
-       \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
-         \errhelp = \EMsimple
-         \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
-       \fi
-     \fi
-  \fi
-  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
-     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
-     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
-     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
-  \fi
-  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
-  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
-  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
-  \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
-  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
-    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
-    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
-    \begingroup
-      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
-      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
-    \endgroup
-  \else
-    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-  \ifx #1\relax
-    % remove this
-  \else
-    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line.  Set \macname to
-% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
-% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
-% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
-% three-param macro.)  Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
-% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded.  If there are
-% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
-% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
-% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.  
-%
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
-% \parsemmanyargdef.
-%
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
-  \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-  \let\hash\relax
-  % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
-  \let\xeatspaces\relax
-  \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
-  \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
-    \paramno0\relax
-    \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
-  \fi
-}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-    \advance\paramno by 1
-    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
-        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
-    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
-  \fi\next}
-
-% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
-%
-% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
-% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-% 
-% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro 
-% body to be transformed.
-% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
-%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-
-% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
-%
-% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
-% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
-% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
-% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
-% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
-% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
-\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else 
-    \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
-    \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
-    \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
-       \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
-    % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
-    % don't want \the  to be expanded in the \parsermacbody  as it uses an
-    % \xdef .
-    \expandafter\edef\tempa
-      {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
-    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
-  \fi\next}
-
-
-\let\endargs@\relax
-\let\nil@\relax
-\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
-\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
-
-% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition.  It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
-% macarg.ARGNAME
-%
-% #1 is the macro name
-% #2 is the list of argument names
-% #3 is the list of argument values
-\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
-  \def\macargdeflist@{}%
-  \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
-  \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
-  \def\macroname{#1}%
-  \begingroup
-  \macroargctxt
-  \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
-  \def\@tempa{#3}%
-  \ifx\@tempa\empty
-    \setemptyargvalues@
-  \else
-    \getargvals@@
-  \fi
-}
-\def\getargvals@@{%
-  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
-      % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
-      \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
-      \else
-        \errhelp = \EMsimple
-        \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
-      \fi
-      \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
-  \else
-    \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
-       % No more arguments values passed to macro.  Set remaining named-arg
-       % macros to empty.
-       \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
-    \else
-      % pop current arg name into \@tempb
-      \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
-       % pop current argument value into \@tempc
-      \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
-       % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
-       % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
-       \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
-       \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
-       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
-         \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
-       \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
-       \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
-       \let\next\getargvals@@
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-\def\push@#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
-  \expandafter#1#2}%
-}
-
-% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa.
-% 
-\def\macvalstoargs@{%
-  %  To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
-  % within an \edef  expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
-  % values into respective token registers.
-  %
-  % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
-  \begingroup
-    \paramno0\relax
-    % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
-    % value into a new token list register \toks#N
-    \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
-    % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
-    % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
-    % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
-    \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
-    % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
-    % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
-    % group.
-    \expandafter
-  \endgroup
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
-  }
-
-% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. 
-% 
-\def\macargexpandinbody@{% 
-  \expandafter
-  \endgroup
-  \macargdeflist@
-  % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
-  % is in \@tempa .
-  \macvalstoargs@
-  % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
-  % with \@tempb .
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
-  % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
-  % \egroup .
-  \ifx\@tempb\gobble
-     \let\@tempc\relax
-  \else
-     \let\@tempc\egroup
-  \fi
-  % And now we do the real job:
-  \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
-  \@tempd
-}
-
-\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next\relax
-  \else
-    \let\next\putargsintokens@
-    % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
-    % alias \@tempb .
-    \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
-    % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
-    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
-% 
-\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
-  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
-    \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
-  \else
-    \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
-    \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
-  \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
-  \def\paramlist{#2}%
-}
-
-% #1 is the element target macro
-% #2 is the list macro
-% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
-\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
-   \def#1{#3}%
-   \def#2{#4}%
-}
-\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
-   \long\def#1{#3}%
-   \long\def#2{#4}%
-}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
-%    \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
-% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
-%    \paramno is the number of parameters
-%    \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
-% There are eight cases: recursive and nonrecursive macros of zero, one,
-% up to nine, and many arguments.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
-%
-\def\defmacro{%
-  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-  \ifnum\paramno=1
-    \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
-    % This removes the pair of braces around the argument.  We don't
-    % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
-    % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
-    % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
-  \else
-    \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
-  \fi
-  \ifrecursive   %%%%%%%%%%%%%% Recursive %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
-        }%
-    \else
-      \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
-        % See non-recursive section below for comments
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \bgroup
-          \noexpand\expandafter
-          \noexpand\macroargctxt
-          \noexpand\expandafter
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
-            \noexpand\passargtomacro
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-        \expandafter\xdef
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-          \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
-            \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
-      \else % 10 or more
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
-        }%    
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else  %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Non-recursive %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
-        }%
-    \else % at most 9
-      \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
-        % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
-        % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a 
-        % comma.
-        % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
-        % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \bgroup
-          \noexpand\expandafter  % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
-          \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
-          \noexpand\expandafter
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
-            \noexpand\passargtomacro
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-        \expandafter\xdef
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-          \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
-            \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
-      \else % 10 or more:
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
-        }%
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi}
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13  % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
-@catcode`@_=11  % private names
-@catcode`@!=11  % used as argument separator
-
-% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
-% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
-% compressed to one.
-%
-% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use 
-% \def or similar).  This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where 
-% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to 
-% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
-% 
-% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
-% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
-%
-% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN  (... rest of input)
-%
-% where:
-% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
-% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
-% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
-% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
-
-@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
-  @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
-}
-@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 used to look ahead
-%
-% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; 
-% otherwise, remove the next token.
-@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
-  @ifx#4\%
-   @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish 
-  @else
-   @expandafter@add_segment
-  @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
-% #5 looks ahead
-%
-% Double backslash found.  Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
-@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
-  @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
-}
-
-@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 is input stream until next backslash
-%
-% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a 
-% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.  
-% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, 
-% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
-% the next backslash.  PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
-% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
-% added to ARG_RESULT.
-@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
-@ifx#3@_finish
-  @call_the_macro#1!%
-@else
-  % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
-  @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
-  % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
-  % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how 
-  % long #4 is.
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO
-% #2 - ARG_RESULT
-% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the 
-% conditional.
-@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
-
-}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC.  It checks
-% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {.  It sets the context
-% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases).  Then,
-% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
-% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
-% 
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
-  \ifx\nchar\bgroup
-    \macroargctxt
-    \expandafter\passargtomacro
-  \else
-    \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
-  \fi \macnamexxx}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign.  Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-%
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
-  {%
-    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
-    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
-    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-  }%
-  \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
-  \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
-    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
-%                 or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-%                 empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
-  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-  \iflinks
-    {%
-      \requireauxfile
-      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
-      % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
-      \def\value##1{##1}%
-      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
-	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-      }%
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
-% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
-% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
-% variable, now it's official.
-% 
-\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
-      = \empty
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
-                must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% 
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\ref{\xrefXX}
-
-\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
-\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
-%
-\newbox\toprefbox
-\newbox\printedrefnamebox
-\newbox\infofilenamebox
-\newbox\printedmanualbox
-%
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  %
-  % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
-  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-  %
-  \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
-  \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
-  %
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \setbox\printedmanualbox  = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-  %
-  % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
-  % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
-  \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
-    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
-      % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-    \else
-      % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
-      % the square brackets if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
-        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-      \else
-        \ifhavexrefs
-          % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
-        \else
-          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-        \fi%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Make link in pdf output.
-  \ifpdf
-    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
-    {\indexnofonts
-     \turnoffactive
-     \makevalueexpandable
-     % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
-     % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
-     % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
-     \getfilename{#4}%
-     %
-     % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
-     % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
-     \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
-     \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
-       \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
-     \else
-       \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest  % escape PDF special chars
-     \fi
-     %
-     \leavevmode
-     \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-       goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
-     \else
-       goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
-     \fi
-    }%
-    \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
-  \else
-    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-    \else
-      % For XeTeX
-      {\indexnofonts
-       \turnoffactive
-       \makevalueexpandable
-       % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
-       % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
-       % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
-       \getfilename{#4}%
-       %
-       % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
-       % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
-       \iftxiuseunicodedestname
-         \def\pdfxrefdest{#1}% Pass through Unicode characters.
-       \else
-         \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% Replace Unicode characters to ASCII.
-       \fi
-       \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
-         \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
-       \else
-         \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest  % escape PDF special chars
-       \fi
-       %
-       \leavevmode
-       \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-         % By the default settings,
-         % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
-         % In this case, the replaced destination names of
-         % remote PDF cannot be known. In order to avoid replacement,
-         % you can use commandline option `-C 0x0010' for xdvipdfmx.
-         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
-           << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (name\pdfxrefdest) >> >>}%
-       \else
-         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
-           << /S /GoTo /D (name\pdfxrefdest) >> >>}%
-       \fi
-      }%
-      \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  {%
-    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \def\value##1{##1}%
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-  }%
-  %
-  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  \iffloat distinguishes them by
-  % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
-  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-    \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
-      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
-    \else
-      \printedrefname
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-    % "in MANUALNAME".
-    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
-    % 
-    % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
-    % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
-    % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
-    % this is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name
-    % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-    % 
-    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-      % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
-      % 
-      \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
-    %
-    \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
-      % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
-      % printed manual name (arg 5).  This is essentially the same as
-      % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
-      % 
-      \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
-    %
-    \else
-      % Reference within this manual.
-      %
-      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-      {\turnoffactive
-       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-      }%
-      % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
-      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-      %
-      % But we always want a comma and a space:
-      ,\space
-      %
-      % output the `page 3'.
-      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-      % Add a , if xref followed by a space
-      \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
-      \else\ifx\	\tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
-      \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,%   @*
-      \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,%   @SPACE
-      \else\ifx\
-                \tokenafterxref ,%    @NL
-      \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \fi\fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Output a cross-manual xref to #1.  Used just above (twice).
-% 
-% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
-% missing or Top.  Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
-% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
-% 
-% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
-% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
-% the input.  By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
-% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
-% in a monospaced font).  Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
-% 
-% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
-% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
-% 
-\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
-  \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
-  \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
-  \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp  % nonempty?
-    \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else  % same as Top?
-      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  #1%
-}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie
-      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.  SUFFIX 
-% is output afterwards if non-empty.
-\def\refx#1#2{%
-  \requireauxfile
-  {%
-    \indexnofonts
-    \otherbackslash
-    \def\value##1{##1}%
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-      \csname XR#1\endcsname
-  }%
-  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
-    % If not defined, say something at least.
-    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
-    \iflinks
-      \ifhavexrefs
-        {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
-         \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
-      \else
-        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-          \global\warnedxrefstrue
-          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % It's defined, so just use it.
-    \thisrefX
-  \fi
-  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Define a control 
-% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence 
-% name to avoid collisions).  The value is the page number.  If this is a float 
-% type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
-  {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
-   % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
-   % like @'e.  \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \def\value##1{##1}%
-    \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
-  }%
-  %
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
-  %
-  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
-    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-    %
-    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-    \else
-      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-    % for later use in \listoffloats.
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
-      {\safexrefname}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
-\def\requireauxfile{%
-  \iflinks
-    \tryauxfile
-    % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-    \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-  \fi
-  \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax   % Only do this once.
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
-  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-  \ifeof 1 \else
-    \readdatafile{aux}%
-    \global\havexrefstrue
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
-  \catcode`\^^@=\other
-  \catcode`\^^A=\other
-  \catcode`\^^B=\other
-  \catcode`\^^C=\other
-  \catcode`\^^D=\other
-  \catcode`\^^E=\other
-  \catcode`\^^F=\other
-  \catcode`\^^G=\other
-  \catcode`\^^H=\other
-  \catcode`\^^K=\other
-  \catcode`\^^L=\other
-  \catcode`\^^N=\other
-  \catcode`\^^P=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
-  \catcode`\^^R=\other
-  \catcode`\^^S=\other
-  \catcode`\^^T=\other
-  \catcode`\^^U=\other
-  \catcode`\^^V=\other
-  \catcode`\^^W=\other
-  \catcode`\^^X=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
-  \catcode`\^^[=\other
-  \catcode`\^^\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^]=\other
-  \catcode`\^^^=\other
-  \catcode`\^^_=\other
-  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
-  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
-  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
-  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
-  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
-  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
-  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
-  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
-  %
-  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
-  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
-  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
-  %
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  %
-  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\[=\other
-  \catcode`\]=\other
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\$=\other
-  \catcode`\#=\other
-  \catcode`\&=\other
-  \catcode`\%=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-  %
-  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
-  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
-  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  %
-  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
-  \catcode`\{=1
-  \catcode`\}=2
-  \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
-  \setupdatafile
-  \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
-  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-  %
-  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-  \let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
-  %
-  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-  \unskip
-  \thisfootno\@sf
-  \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
-  \insert\footins\bgroup
-  %
-  % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
-  % more work.  (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
-  \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
-  %
-  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-  % So reset some parameters.
-  \hsize=\txipagewidth
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-  \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip
-  \rightskip\z@skip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip
-  \xspaceskip\z@skip
-  \parindent\defaultparindent
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  %
-  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
-  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
-  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-  \let\noindent = \relax
-  %
-  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
-  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-  \everypar = {\hang}%
-  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-  %
-  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
-  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-  \footstrut
-  %
-  % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
-  \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-\def\errfootnotenest{%
-  \errhelp=\EMsimple
-  \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
-    even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
-}
-
-\def\errfootnoteheading{%
-  \errhelp=\EMsimple
-  \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
-}
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
-%
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
-  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
-    \let\insert\saveinsert
-  \else
-    \let\checkinserts\relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \afterassignment\next
-  % swallow the left brace
-  \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
-  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
-    {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
-  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
-  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
-  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
-    \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
-  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
-  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
-  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
-  \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
-  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
-  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
-  \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
-    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
-      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
-      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
-      \global\warnednoepsftrue
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
-  \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
-  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
-  \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
-  % If the image is by itself, center it.
-  \ifvmode
-    \imagevmodetrue
-  \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
-    % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
-    \imagevmodetrue
-    \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
-  \fi\fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode
-    \nobreak\medskip
-    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-    % above and below.
-    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
-  %  environment such as @quotation is respected.
-  % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
-  %  normal paragraph indentation.
-  % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
-  %  want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
-  %  eradicate the centering.
-  \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi
-  %
-  % Output the image.
-  \ifpdf
-    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
-    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \else
-    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-      % For epsf.tex
-      % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-      \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-    \else
-      % For XeTeX
-      \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode
-    \medskip  % space after a standalone image
-  \fi  
-  \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-  \let\thiscaption=\empty
-  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-  %
-  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
-  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  \vtop\bgroup
-    \def\floattype{#1}%
-    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
-    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-    %
-    \ifx\floattype\empty
-      \let\safefloattype=\empty
-    \else
-      {%
-        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-        \indexnofonts
-        \turnoffactive
-        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
-      %
-      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-      \global\advance\floatno by 1
-      %
-      {%
-        % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
-        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-        % lists of floats.
-        %
-        \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-    \vskip\parskip
-    %
-    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
-    \let\floatident = \empty
-    %
-    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-    %
-    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
-      \fi
-      % the number.
-      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-    \let\captionline = \floatident
-    %
-    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-        \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-      \fi
-      %
-      % caption text.
-      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
-      \vskip.5\parskip
-      \captionline
-      %
-      % Space below caption.
-      \vskip\parskip
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
-    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
-      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-      {%
-        \requireauxfile
-        \atdummies
-        %
-        \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-          \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
-        \else
-          \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
-        \fi
-        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-          \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \egroup  % end of \vtop
-  %
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
-      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
-      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-      %
-      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-  \fi
-  \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
-% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-  {%
-    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \begingroup
-      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
-      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
-  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-  % in pdf output.
-  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-  \writeentry
-}}
-
-
-\message{localization,}
-
-% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
-% early, just after @documentencoding.  Single argument is the language
-% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
-%
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
-  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-    % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
-    \let_ = \normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filename test
-    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-    \ifeof 1
-      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
-    \else
-      \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
-      \input txi-#1.tex
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup % end raw TeX
-}
-%
-% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
-% try txi-de.tex.
-%
-\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
-  \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-  \ifeof 1
-    \errhelp = \nolanghelp
-    \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-  \else
-    \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
-    \input txi-#1.tex
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-}% end of special _ catcode
-%
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  Putting it in the current
-directory should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
-% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
-% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
-%
-% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
-% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
-% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
-%
-% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
-% available languages.  This means we can support hyphenation in
-% Texinfo, at least to some extent.  (This still doesn't solve the
-% accented characters problem.)
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
-  % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
-    \message{no patterns for #1}%
-  \else
-    \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-  % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
-  \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
-  \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
-}
-
-% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle native Unicode.
-% Their default I/O is UTF-8 sequence instead of byte-wise.
-% Other TeX engine (pdfTeX etc.) I/O is byte-wise.
-%
-\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
-\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
-
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-    \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
-    \txiusebytewiseiotrue
-  \else
-    \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
-    \txiusebytewiseiofalse
-  \fi
-\else
-  \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
-  \txiusebytewiseiofalse
-\fi
-
-% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
-% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
-%
-\def\setbytewiseio{%
-  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-  \else
-    \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes"  % For subsequent files to be read
-    \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes"  % For document root file
-    % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
-    % output encoding.  This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
-    % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
-    % place of non-ASCII characters.
-  \fi
-
-  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-  \else
-    \directlua{
-    local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
-    local function convert_char (char)
-      return utf8_char(byte(char))
-    end
-
-    local function convert_line (line)
-      return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
-    end
-
-    callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
-
-    local function convert_line_out (line)
-      local line_out = ""
-      for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
-         line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
-      end
-      return line_out
-    end
-
-    callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
-    }
-  \fi
-
-  \txiusebytewiseiotrue
-}
-
-
-% Helpers for encodings.
-% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
-%
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
-   \count255=128
-   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-      \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
-      \advance\count255 by 1
-   \repeat
-}
-
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
-   \count255=128
-   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-      \catcode\count255=#1\relax
-      \advance\count255 by 1
-   \repeat
-}
-
-% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
-% according to the specified encoding.
-%
-\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
-\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
-  %
-  % Encoding being declared for the document.
-  \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
-  % to compare them with \ifx.
-  \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
-  %
-  \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
-     \asciichardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
-     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-       \setbytewiseio
-     \fi
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \lattwochardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
-     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-       \setbytewiseio
-     \fi
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \latonechardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
-     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-       \setbytewiseio
-     \fi
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \latninechardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-       % For native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
-       \nativeunicodechardefs
-     \else
-       % For UTF-8 byte sequence (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
-       \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-       % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
-       % (below), do not re-invoke it, then our check for duplicated
-       % definitions triggers.  Making non-ascii chars active is enough.
-     \fi
-  %
-  \else
-    \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
-  %
-  \fi % utfeight
-  \fi % latnine
-  \fi % latone
-  \fi % lattwo
-  \fi % ascii
-}
-
-% emacs-page
-% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
-% the default font encoding (OT1).
-%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
-
-% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
-\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
-
-% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
-% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
-% macros containing the character definitions.
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-%
-
-\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
-\gdef#1{%
-   \ifpassthroughchars
-     \string#1%
-   \else
-     #2%
-   \fi
-}}
-
-% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
-\def\latonechardefs{%
-  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
-  \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
-  \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
-  \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds}
-  \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
-  \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
-  \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
-  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
-  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
-  \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright}
-  \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
-  \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft}
-  \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
-  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
-  \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
-  \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
-  \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
-  \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
-  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
-  \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
-  \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
-  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
-  \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
-  \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright}
-  \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
-  \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
-  \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
-  \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
-  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
-  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
-  \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
-  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
-  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
-  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
-  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
-  \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
-  \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
-  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
-  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
-  \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
-  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
-  \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
-  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
-  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
-  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
-  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
-  \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
-  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
-  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
-  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
-  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
-  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
-  \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
-  \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
-  \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
-  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
-  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
-  \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
-  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
-  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
-  \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
-}
-
-% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
-\def\latninechardefs{%
-  % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
-  \latonechardefs
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^a4{\euro}
-  \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
-  \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
-  \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
-  \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
-  \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
-  \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
-  \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
-}
-
-% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
-\def\lattwochardefs{%
-  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
-  \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
-  \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
-  \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
-  \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-  \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
-  \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
-  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
-  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
-  \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
-  \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
-  \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
-  \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
-  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
-  \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
-  \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
-  \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
-  \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
-  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
-  \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
-  \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
-  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
-  \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
-  \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
-  \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
-  \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
-  \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
-  \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
-  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
-  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
-  \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
-  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
-  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
-  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
-  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
-  \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
-  \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
-  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
-  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
-  \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
-  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
-  \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
-  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
-  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
-  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
-  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
-  \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
-  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
-  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
-  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
-  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-  \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
-  %
-  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
-  \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
-  \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
-  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
-  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
-  \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
-  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
-  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
-  \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
-}
-
-% UTF-8 character definitions.
-%
-% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
-% changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
-% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-%
-\newcount\countUTFx
-\newcount\countUTFy
-\newcount\countUTFz
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
-  \ifx #1\relax
-    \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
-  \else
-    \expandafter #1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\~13
-  \catcode`\$12
-  \catcode`\"12
-
-  % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
-  % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
-  \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
-    \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
-    \uccode`\~\countUTFx
-    \uccode`\$\countUTFx
-    \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
-    \advance\countUTFx by 1
-    \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
-      \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
-    \fi}
-
-  % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence.  Not expected to
-  % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
-  \countUTFx = "80
-  \countUTFy = "C2
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \gdef~{%
-        \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-
-  \countUTFx = "C2
-  \countUTFy = "E0
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \gdef~{%
-        \ifpassthroughchars $%
-        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-
-  \countUTFx = "E0
-  \countUTFy = "F0
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \gdef~{%
-        \ifpassthroughchars $%
-        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-
-  \countUTFx = "F0
-  \countUTFy = "F4
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \gdef~{%
-        \ifpassthroughchars $%
-        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
-        }}%
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-\endgroup
-
-\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
-
-% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
-\def\U#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
-    \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-      % Any Unicode characters can be used by native Unicode.
-      % However, if the font does not have the glyph, the letter will miss.
-      \begingroup
-        \uccode`\.="#1\relax
-        \uppercase{.}
-      \endgroup
-    \else
-      \errhelp = \EMsimple	
-      \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \csname uni:#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
-% sequence to be defined.
-\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
-  \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
-  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
-  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
-
-% For UTF-8 byte sequence (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX)
-% Definition macro to replace the Unicode character
-% Definition macro that is used by @U command
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\"=12
-  \catcode`\<=12
-  \catcode`\.=12
-  \catcode`\,=12
-  \catcode`\;=12
-  \catcode`\!=12
-  \catcode`\~=13
-  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
-    \countUTFz = "#1\relax
-    \begingroup
-      \parseXMLCharref
-    
-      % Give \u8:... its definition.  The sequence of seven \expandafter's
-      % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
-      %
-      % 1.  \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
-      % 2.  \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
-      % 3.  \u8: B1 B2  (a single control sequence token)
-      %
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\gdef       \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
-      % 
-      \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
-       \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
-      \fi
-      %
-      % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
-      \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
-    \endgroup}
-  %
-  % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
-  % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
-  \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
-    \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
-      \errhelp = \EMsimple
-      \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
-    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
-    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
-      \parseUTFviiiA;%
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
-    \else
-      \parseUTFviiiA;%
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiA!%
-      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-  }
-
-  % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
-  % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
-  % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
-  % of the bytes.
-  \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
-    \countUTFx = \countUTFz
-    \divide\countUTFz by 64
-    \countUTFy = \countUTFz  % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
-    \multiply\countUTFz by 64
-    
-    % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared.  Subtract
-    % in order to get the last five bits.
-    \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-
-    % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
-    \advance\countUTFx by 128
-    \uccode `#1\countUTFx
-    \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
-
-  % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
-  % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
-  %    sequence.
-  % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
-  % #3 is always a full stop (.)
-  % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence.  The values for these
-  %    bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
-  \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
-    \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
-    \uccode `#3\countUTFz
-    \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
-\endgroup
-
-% For native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
-% Definition macro that is set catcode other non global
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
-  \catcode"#1=\other
-}
-
-% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
-% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
-% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
-% 
-% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
-% characters are available somewhere.  Loading the necessary fonts
-% awaits user request.  We can't truly support Unicode without
-% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
-% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
-% We won't be doing that here in this simple file.  But we can try to at
-% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
-%
-\def\unicodechardefs{%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
-  %
-  % Greek letters upper case
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
-  %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
-  %
-  % Vowels with accents
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
-  %
-  % Standalone accent
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
-  %
-  % Greek letters lower case
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
-  %
-  % More Greek vowels with accents
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
-  %
-  % Variant Greek letters
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
-  %
-  % Punctuation
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}%
-  %
-  % Mathematical symbols
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2127}{\ensuremath\mho}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BE}{\ensuremath\upharpoonright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21DD}{\ensuremath\leadsto}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2201}{\ensuremath\complement}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228F}{\ensuremath\sqsubset}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2290}{\ensuremath\sqsupset}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B4}{\ensuremath\unlhd}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B5}{\ensuremath\unrhd}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
-  %
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25A1}{\ensuremath\Box}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\Diamond}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A1D}{\ensuremath\Join}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
-  %
-  \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
-}% end of \unicodechardefs
-
-% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
-% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
-  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
-  \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
-% non-active tokens with the same character code.  This is used to
-% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
-% printing the correct glyphs.
-\newif\ifpassthroughchars
-\passthroughcharsfalse
-
-% For native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
-% Definition macro to replace / pass-through the Unicode character
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
-  \catcode"#1=\active
-  \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
-    \begingroup
-      \uccode`\~="##2\relax
-      \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
-        \ifpassthroughchars
-          ##1%
-        \else
-          ##3%
-        \fi
-      }
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  \begingroup
-    \uccode`\.="#1\relax
-    \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
-    \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% Native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definitions
-% It makes the setting that replace the Unicode characters.
-\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
-  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
-  \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% For native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX).  Make the character token expand
-% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
-  \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
-  \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
-}
-
-% Native Unicode (XeTeX and LuaTeX) @U command definitions
-\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
-  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
-  \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% US-ASCII character definitions.
-\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
-   \relax
-}
-
-% define all the unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U.
-\iftxinativeunicodecapable
-  \nativeunicodechardefsatu
-\else
-  \utfeightchardefs
-\fi
-
-
-% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
-% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
-% document encoding.
-%
-\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
-
-
-\message{formatting,}
-
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 6666
-
-% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
-  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-  \else
-    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
-  \voffset = #3\relax
-  \topskip = #6\relax
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  %
-  \vsize = #1\relax
-  \advance\vsize by \topskip
-  \outervsize = \vsize
-  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-  \txipageheight = \vsize
-  %
-  \hsize = #2\relax
-  \outerhsize = \hsize
-  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-  \txipagewidth = \hsize
-  %
-  \normaloffset = #4\relax
-  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
-  %
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-    % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
-    % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
-    \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
-    \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
-  \else
-    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-    \else
-      \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-      \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-      % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  \setleading{\textleading}
-  %
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-  \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-  \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-                    {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-                    {-.2in}{0in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-                    {9.25in}{7in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
-                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
-                    {0pt}{14pt}%
-                    {9in}{6in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
-  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
-  % your texinfo source file like this:
-  % @tex
-  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-  % @end tex
-  \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-  \textleading = 12.5pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-                    {210mm}{148mm}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-  \tolerance = 800
-  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 2mm
-  \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
-  \globaldefs = 1
-  %
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{\textleading}%
-  %
-  \dimen0 = #1\relax
-  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-  %
-  \dimen2 = \hsize
-  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
-
-% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
-\catcode`\^^? = 14
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
-\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
-\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
-\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
-\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
-\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
-
-% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-%
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
-\chardef\hatchar=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-\let\realunder=_
-
-\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
-
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
-\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
-
-
-% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
-% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
-\def\texinfochars{%
-  \let< = \activeless
-  \let> = \activegtr
-  \let~ = \activetilde 
-  \let^ = \activehat
-  \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault 
-  \let\b = \strong
-  \let\i = \smartitalic
-  % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
-}
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
-
-% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
-% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active  % @ for escape char from now on.
-
-% Print a typewriter backslash.  For math mode, we can't simply use
-% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
-% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
-% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
-% sets \mathcode`\\="026E).  Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
-% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
-% ignored family value; char position "5C).  We can't use " for the
-% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-
-@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.  We switch back and forth between these.
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
-@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.
-%
-{@catcode`- = @active
- @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
-   @passthroughcharstrue
-   @let-=@normaldash
-   @let"=@normaldoublequote
-   @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-   @let+=@normalplus
-   @let<=@normalless
-   @let>=@normalgreater
-   @let^=@normalcaret
-   @let_=@normalunderscore
-   @let|=@normalverticalbar
-   @let~=@normaltilde
-   @let\=@ttbackslash
-   @markupsetuplqdefault
-   @markupsetuprqdefault
-   @unsepspaces
- }
-}
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
-@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
-
-% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
-%
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
-% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
-% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
-% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
-{
-@catcode`@^=7
-@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
-  @global@let\ = @eatinput%
-  @catcode`@^^M=13%
-  @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
-  % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
-  @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
-  % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
-  @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
-}}
-
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
-
-% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
-% appears by mistake.
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
-@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
-  @gdef^^M{%
-    @par%
-    %<warning: active newline>@par%
-}}}
-
-
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
-  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
-  @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
-  @enableemergencynewline
-  @let@c=@texinfoc
-  % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-  % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-  @catcode`+=@active
-  @catcode`@_=@active
-  %
-  % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-  % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.  This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
-  % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file.  Not opening texinfo.cnf
-  % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
-  % file for Texinfo.
-  %
-  @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-  @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
-  @closein 1
-}
-
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
-% active definitions as the normal characters.
-@def@normaldot{.}
-@def@normalquest{?}
-@def@normalslash{/}
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
-@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
-@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
-@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
-
-@let @hashchar = @normalhash
-
-@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
-@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}.  If we
-@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
-@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
-@catcode`@'=@active
-@catcode`@`=@active
-@markupsetuplqdefault
-@markupsetuprqdefault
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
-   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
-@enablebackslashhack